Part C3 - Transnet Freight Rail

Transcription

Part C3 - Transnet Freight Rail
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
PARTICULAR / GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS
Preparation of drawings for Transnet Freight
Rail infrastructure.
BBB0496 version 13:
3kV rectifier for traction substations.
BBB0845 version 4:
Requirements for metal oxide surge arresters
without gaps for AC systems in accordance with
gaps for AC systems in accordance with SANS
60099-4.
BBB0937 version 4:
Requirements for outdoor post type current
transformers for traction and distribution
substations.
BBB1267 version 10:
Requirements for outdoor alternating-current
circuit breakers for traction and distribution
substations.
y
450 Volt gas arrester sparkgap for traction
power supplies.
Environmental guidelines and specifications for
electrical construction work.
C
BBB2007 version 1:
op
BBB1616 version 3:
O
nl
y"
BBB0041 version 4:
ew
BBB2502 version 6:
AC primary circuit breaker control panel and
AC/DC distribution panel for 3kV traction
substations.
BBB3005 version 1:
3kV DC under voltage relay manufacturing
specification.
BBB3059 version 1:
3kV DC traction substation earthing system for
high voltage outdoor yards.
BBB3139 version 1:
Wave filter capacitors for 3kV DC substations.
BBB3162 version 1:
Wave filter inductors for 3kV DC substations.
BBB3890 version 2:
Requirements for a 1.8mHenry DC reactor for
3kV DC traction substations.
BBB4724 version 4:
Requirements for positive isolator for 3kV DC
traction substations.
vi
BBB2721 version 10:
re
"P
Requirements for battery charger for 3kV DC
traction substations.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 2
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Requirements for traction transformers for 3kV
DC traction substations in accordance with BS
171 and IEC 60076-1.
BBB5452 version 5:
Spoornet requirements for the installation of
electrical equipment for 3kV DC traction
substations.
BBB7842 version 1:
Outdoor, high voltage, alternating current
disconnector combined with earthing switches.
BBB8204 version 2:
Medium voltage distribution transformers in
accordance with SANS 780.
BBC0198 version 1:
Requirements for the supply of cables.
BBC0455 version 1:
Eskom phase failure detection circuit.
BBC7616 version 1:
Policy and guidelines for management of
polychlorinated biphenyls in Transnet Freight
Rail.
CEE.0023.90:
Specification for installation of cables.
CEE.0045.2002/1:
Painting of steel components of electrical
equipment.
CEE.0177.86:
nl
O
y
op
ew
CEE.0224.2002:
vi
CEE.0227.95:
re
CEE.0229.95:
Code of practice, earth systems for electric light
and power and traction installations.
Drawings, catalogues, instruction manuals and
spares lists for electrical equipment supplied
under contract.
The manufacture of 3kV DC breaker cells and
trucks.
Dry-out and regeneration of insulating oil and
reclaiming and de-sludging of transformers.
Specification for concrete work.
"P
S420 (1999):
Specification for 3kV DC high speed circuit
breakers for traction substations.
C
CEE.0099.2005:
y"
BBB5019 version 5:
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 2
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV traction substations
PART C3
SCOPE OF THE WORKS
CONTENTS
Description
C3.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS
C3.2
ENGINEERING
C3.3
PROCUREMENT
C3.4
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS
C3.5
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
C3.6
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
C3.7
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Section
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 1
C3
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV DC traction substations
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Part C3: Scope of Works
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV traction substations
Part C3
Section 1
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS
CONTENTS
Description
Page
1.1
EMPLOYER’S OBJECTIVE ................................................................................2
1.2
OVERVIEW OF THE WORKS .............................................................................2
1.3
EXTENT OF THE WORKS ..................................................................................2
1.4
LOCATION OF THE WORKS..............................................................................3
1.5
TEMPORARY WORKS .......................................................................................4
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Item
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 4
C3.1
Description of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV traction substations
Part C3
Section 1
DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS
EMPLOYER’S OBJECTIVE
1.1.1
The Employer’s objective is to totally refurbish traction substations on the KwaZulu
Natal main line to reduce maintenance costs and improve the reliability of the network.
1.2
OVERVIEW OF THE WORKS
1.2.1
The contract covers the refurbishment / replacement of South Portal, Quail, Nottingham
Road, Danskraal, Elandslaagte, Wasbank and Glencoe traction substations.
1.2.2
See drawings BBB8365, BBC0665, BBC0666, BBC0668, BBC0673, BBC0964 and
BBC0968 for the existing site layouts.
1.2.3
It includes the design, supply, delivery, installation, test and commissioning of new
indoor and outdoor plant as well as cabling, wiring and connections.
1.2.4
The work also includes alterations to the existing substation buildings.
1.2.5
The supply to all the substations is 88kV AC and is converted to an output (load) of 3kV
DC traction.
1.3
EXTENT OF THE WORKS
1.3.1
Disconnect, dismantle and remove plant in the outdoor yard and inside the substation
building as required. Plant identified for re-use (re-installed) shall be kept in a safe and
secure place by the contractor. The specific requirements for the works are specified in
Part C3.7.
1.3.2
Installation of the plant shall be as described in the Transnet Freight Rail specification
BBB 5452.
1.3.3
Where conflicting requirements occur between any referenced drawings and / or
specifications and Part C3, the requirements of Part C3 shall apply.
vi
The substations shall be refurbished in total and none of the existing plant shall be reused unless it is stated otherwise in the documentation.
re
1.3.4
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
1.1
The Contractor shall also be liable for any other additional requirements that may arise
for the operation and protection of the substations.
1.3.6
All existing traction transformers shall be refurbished in total excluding the two at
Danskraal. These shall be replaced with new 5MVA transformer.
1.3.7
Remove crusher stone up to ground level and refill the outdoor yard with new crusher
stones.
1.3.8
All existing foundations not suitable or not identified for re-use shall be demolished to
100mm below surrounding ground level.
1.3.9
Replace complete earth mat and earthing of the substation.
1.3.10
Cast concrete foundations, gutters and aprons as specified.
"P
1.3.5
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 4
C3.1
Description of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV traction substations
Supply and install steelwork for lightning arrestors, AC disconnects, AC circuit breakers
and current transformers as specified.
1.3.12
Supply and install outdoor and indoor plant and additions for the operation of the
substation.
1.3.13
Supply and install new control and HV cables as required.
1.3.14
Connect and earth structures and plant as required.
1.3.15
All regenerative braking plant other than the HSCB shall be retained but incorporated in
the schematic wiring diagrams and operation of the substation.
1.3.16
Renovate / refurbish the substation building.
1.3.17
Transportation of the old plant, which will not be re-used, to Transnet Freight Rail Infra
maintenance depot in Ladysmith.
1.3.18
Remove and transportation of oil from OCBs and CTs to Transnet Freight Rail Infra
maintenance depot in Ladysmith.
1.3.19
Provide drums for oil to be drained from the OCBs and CTs.
1.3.20
Replace/Repair fencing and gates as specified.
1.3.21
Transnet Freight Rail will be responsible for the fire fighting plant.
1.3.22
All tele-control plant shall be retained. All the functions and operation of the tele-control
shall be tested as part of commissioning.
1.3.23
Test, commission and hand over the plant.
1.3.24
The works exclude work on Eskom structures.
1.3.25
A Contractor appointed by Eskom may be on site to do refurbishment of the Eskom
plant in the substation yards.
1.3.25.1
Some coordination between Eskom, Transnet Freight Rail and the Contractor will have
to be arranged when the Eskom contractor is on site. See Part C.3.7.
1.4
LOCATION OF THE WORKS
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
The locality of the works is at the following 3kV DC traction substations of Transnet
Freight Rail;
re
1.4.1
y"
1.3.11
South Portal
1.4.1.2
Quail
1.4.1.3
Nottingham Road
1.4.1.4
Danskraal
1.4.1.5
Elandslaagte
1.4.1.6
Wasbank
1.4.1.7
Glencoe
"P
1.4.1.1
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 3 of 4
C3.1
Description of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV traction substations
1.5
TEMPORARY WORKS
1.5.1
To enhance the operation of the network the substations shall operate as tie-stations as
soon as possible. See Part C3 section 5 clauses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
END
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 4 of 4
C3.1
Description of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 2
ENGINEERING
CONTENTS
Description
Page
2.1
DESIGN SERVICES AND ACTIVITY MATRIX ....................................................2
2.2
EMPLOYER’S DESIGN.......................................................................................2
2.3
DESIGN BRIEF ...................................................................................................2
2.4
DRAWINGS AND MANUALS..............................................................................2
2.5
DESIGN PROCEDURES .....................................................................................4
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Item
Contract
Part C3:Scope of Works
Page 1 of 4
C3.2
Engineering
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 2
ENGINEERING
DESIGN SERVICES AND ACTIVITY MATRIX
Activity
Responsibility
Design and draw the layout for entire new installations based
on the existing yard and plant layouts provided.
Contractor
nl
Provide side elevation designs, of outdoor yards, for 88kV
aerial busbar arrangement to indicate the clearances required.
Contractor
y"
2.1
Contractor
Provide designs for concrete foundations for support
structures for cable make-off, AC disconnects, aerial busbars,
primary circuit breakers, current transformers and surge
arresters as required.
Contractor
Design and draw EL&P layouts, cable routes, outdoor earthing
and earth mat layouts.
Contractor
Preparation of as-built drawings for concrete foundations,
support steel structures, plant layouts as well as wiring
diagrams of power circuits, control and protection circuits.
Contractor
Approval of designs.
Contractor
Sign-off contractor’s approved detail designs and drawings
Employer
ew
C
op
y
O
Design and draw the support structures for cable make-offs,
AC disconnects, aerial busbars, primary circuit breakers,
current transformers and surge arresters as required.
EMPLOYER’S DESIGN
2.2.1
Not applicable
DESIGN BRIEF
re
2.3
vi
2.2
Designs shall be as per requirements specified in Part C3.7 Particular Specification.
2.4
DRAWINGS AND MANUALS
"P
2.3.1
2.4.1
The requirements for drawings to be prepared by the contractor shall be in accordance
with the requirements of Transnet Freight Rail’s specifications BBB0041 and CEE0224.
2.4.1.1
The number of complete sets of as built drawings, catalogues, maintenance and
instruction manuals shall be 3 per substation. Each set shall include all wiring diagrams
and layouts, quality control and quality assurance sheets, results of commissioning tests
and measurements.
Contract
Part C3:Scope of Works
Page 2 of 4
C3.2
Engineering
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
2.4.2
DRAWINGS PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER
2.4.2.1
The drawings listed below are referred to and will be applicable to this contract. Copies
of the drawings are available on the CD issued with this tender.
Spark gap assembly gas filled arrester.
BBB0938 version 9:
Connection of high voltage surge arrester installed on cross
arm.
BBB2566 version 2:
Schematic diagram: Trip close indication.
BBB2929 version 1:
Optic fibre receiver circuit diagram 3kV under voltage relay.
BBB2930 version 4:
Optic fibre transmitter circuit diagram 3kV under voltage relay.
BBB2931 version 3:
3kV under voltage relay circuit diagram.
BBB2932 version 1:
Voltage divider circuit diagram 3kV under voltage relay.
BBB2934 version 1:
3kV under voltage optic fibre receiver PC board and
components layout.
BBB2935 version 2:
3kV under voltage optic fibre transmitter PC board and
components layout.
BBB2942 version 2:
General arrangement of high-tension divider board.
BBB3483 version 1:
Wave filter harmonic coil carrier assembly 3kV DC
substations.
nl
O
y
op
Wave filter harmonic coil 3kV DC substations.
Inductance coils for resonant circuits 3kV DC substations.
ew
BBB3486 version 1:
C
BBB3484 version 1:
y"
BBB0906 version 8:
Harmonic filter coils winding details 3kV DC substations.
BBB3620 version 5:
3kV DC earthing arrangement traction substations.
BBC0665 version 1:
South Portal substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
vi
BBB3487 version 1:
Quail substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
BBC0668 version 1:
Nottingham Road substation – Existing yard layout and
equipment arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for
rebuild planning purposes.
BBB8365 version 1:
Danskraal substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
BBC0964 version 1:
Elandslaagte substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
"P
re
BBC0666 version 1:
Contract
Part C3:Scope of Works
Page 3 of 4
C3.2
Engineering
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Wasbank substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
BBC0673 version 1:
Glencoe substation – Existing yard layout and equipment
arrangement of 3kV DC traction substation for rebuild planning
purposes.
BBC5872 version 1:
Dirt cover plate, direct tripping device BBT Secheron track
breakers.
CEE-PA-19 AMD 26:
Symbols for electrical installations.
CEE-PA-42 AMD 9:
Symbols for distribution and transmission layouts.
CEE-PK-14 AMD 9:
Electrical cable route marker.
CEE-TBD-7 AMD 10:
3kV DC earthing arrangement.
CEE-TBK-27:
Control circuit diagram: No-Volt coil protection
CEE-TBP-33 AMD 3:
DC Track breakers and track wiring diagram.
CEE-TBP-35 AMD 4:
Connection diagram for HSCB & electronic control relay.
CEE-TBP-38 AMD 1:
Schematic diagram of 3kV DC busbar under-voltage
protection.
CEE-TBP-39 AMD 7:
Schematic diagram: electronic closing and auto reclosing relay
for 3kV HSCB.
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
BBC0968 version 1:
Reactor, 184mH, 0.9mH, 1500A, Assembly
CEE-TDF-15 SHT 1:
& SHT 2 AMD 1
Sub yard security fence details.
ew
CEE-TCK-1 SHT 1-7:
Pre-stressed concrete palisade fencing, traction substation.
CEE-TU-41:
Negative return cable, termination box.
CEE-TWN 32 SHT 2:
Warning sign, Exposed live high voltage equipment.
CEE-TWN 36:
Composite substation warning notice board.
re
vi
CEE-TDF-16 AMD 2:
JEE-TBB-159:
DESIGN PROCEDURES
"P
2.5
Wave filter – 3kV, DC, Traction substation
2.5.1
The Contractor shall note that the manufacture of any plant shall not take place prior to
the sign off of the design drawings by the Supervisor.
2.5.2
Any drawing returned to the contractor for changes shall be re-submitted to Transnet
Freight Rail within 21 days with appropriate changes endorsed.
END
Contract
Part C3:Scope of Works
Page 4 of 4
C3.2
Engineering
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 3
PROCUREMENT
CONTENTS
Description
Page
3.1
PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT.....................................................................2
3.2
SUBCONTRACTING ...........................................................................................2
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Item
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 2
C3.3
Procurement
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 3
PROCUREMENT
PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT
3.1.1
Transnet fully endorses and supports the Government’s Broad Based Black Economic
Empowerment (BBBEE) Programme. We are strongly of the opinion that all South
African Business Enterprises have an obligation to redress the imbalances of the past
and Transnet will therefore prefer to do business with local business enterprises who
share these same values.
3.1.2
To this end, Transnet will seriously reconsider continued business relationships with
such enterprises that do not adhere to the principles of BBBEE. Transnet therefore
encourages all suppliers to obtain accreditation from one of the reputable Accreditation
Agencies. We would prefer our suppliers to have a BBBEE status of at least a level 5 or
higher based on the DTI Scorecard. Transnet therefore urges suppliers to have
themselves accredited by one of the various Accreditation Agencies available, who do
their BBBEE ratings in accordance with the latest Codes Of Good Practice (released on
20 December 2005 and Gazetted on 9 February 2007).
3.2
SUBCONTRACTING
3.2.1
The Contractor will be required to provide a list of work, which they intend carrying out
on a subcontracting basis, and work which they intend carrying out with their own
permanent employees.
3.2.2
The Contractor will be required to provide a list of subcontractors they intend using to
Transnet Freight Rail for approval.
3.2.3
The Contractor will be required to provide the necessary supervision and quality control
for the work undertaken by the subcontractors.
3.2.4
The Contractor shall not take advantage of lack of pricing skills of emerging
subcontractors, and obvious errors in pricing shall be pointed out and rectified to reflect
reasonable prices for the work.
END
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
3.1
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 2
C3.3
Procurement
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 4
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS
CONTENTS
Description
Page
4.1
WORKS SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................2
4.1.1
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS ......................................................................................... 2
4.1.2
PARTICULAR / GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS................................................................... 2
4.2
PLANT AND MATERIAL .....................................................................................4
4.3
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT ..........................................................................4
4.4
EXISTING SERVICES .........................................................................................4
4.5
SITE ESTABLISHMENT......................................................................................4
4.5.1
SERVICES AND FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER ...................................... 4
4.5.2
FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR............................................................. 4
4.6
SITE USAGE .......................................................................................................5
4.7
PERMITS AND WAYLEAVES .............................................................................5
4.8
ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, EXTENSIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS TO
EXISTING WORKS..............................................................................................5
4.9
INSPECTIONS OF ADJOINING PROPERTIES ..................................................5
4.10
WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES .....................................................5
4.11
SURVEY CONTROL AND SETTING OUT THE WORKS....................................5
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Item
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 5
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 4
GENERAL CONSTRUCTION ASPECTS
WORKS SPECIFICATIONS
4.1.1
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
4.1.1.1
The following standard specifications (latest version) will be applicable to this contract.
y"
4.1
High voltage Switchgear and control – gear part 100: High
voltage alternating current circuit breakers.
SANS 10142 -1:
Wiring code.
SANS 121:
Hot dip galvanised coating for fabricated iron or steel articles.
SANS 60044 – 1:
Current transformers.
SANS 156:
Moulded-case Circuit Breakers.
SANS 780:
Distribution Transformers.
SANS 1019:
Standard voltages, currents and insulation levels for electricity
supply.
SANS 1091:
National Colour Standard.
O
y
op
Enclosures for Electrical Equipment.
Cross-Linked Polyethylene (XLPE) - Insulated electric cables
for rated voltages (3,8/6,6kV to 19/33kV).
ew
SANS 1339:
C
SANS 1222:
nl
SANS 62271 – 100:
SANS 1507:
Electric cables with extruded solid dielectric insulation for fixed
installations. (300/500V to 1900/3,300V) Part 1
PARTICULAR / GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS
The particular requirements are specified in the particular specification part C3.7.
re
4.1.2.1
Weldable structural steels.
vi
4.1.2
SANS 1431:
The generic specifications listed below are referred to and will be applicable to this
contract. Copies of the specifications are available on the CD issued with this tender.
The specific requirements referred to in these specifications are specified in Part C3.7
Scope of Work.
"P
4.1.2.2
BBB0041 version 4:
Preparation of drawings for Transnet Freight Rail
infrastructure.
BBB0496 version 13:
3kV rectifier for traction substations.
BBB0845 version 4:
Requirements for metal oxide surge arresters without gaps for
AC systems in accordance with gaps for AC systems in
accordance with SANS 60099-4.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 5
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Requirements for outdoor post type current transformers for
traction and distribution substations.
BBB1267 version 10:
Requirements for outdoor alternating-current circuit breakers
for traction and distribution substations.
BBB1616 version 3:
450 Volt gas arrester sparkgap for traction power supplies.
BBB2007 version 1:
Environmental guidelines and specifications for electrical
construction work.
BBB2502 version 6:
Requirements for battery charger for 3kV DC traction
substations.
BBB2721 version 10:
AC primary circuit breaker control panel and AC/DC
distribution panel for 3kV traction substations.
BBB3005 version 1:
3kV DC under voltage relay manufacturing specification.
BBB3059 version 2:
3kV DC traction substation earthing system for high voltage
outdoor yards.
BBB3139 version 1:
Wave filter capacitors for 3kV DC substations.
BBB3162 version 1:
Wave filter inductors for 3kV DC substations.
BBB3890 version 2:
Requirements for a 1.8mHenry DC reactor for 3kV DC traction
substations.
BBB4724 version 4:
Requirements for positive isolator for 3kV DC traction
substations.
nl
O
y
op
C
Requirements for traction transformers for 3kV DC traction
substations in accordance with BS 171 and IEC 60076-1.
ew
BBB5019 version 5:
y"
BBB0937 version 4:
Spoornet requirements for the installation of electrical
equipment for 3kV DC traction substations.
BBB7842 version 1:
Outdoor, high voltage, alternating current disconnector
combined with earthing switches.
vi
BBB5452 version 5:
re
BBB8204 version 2:
Medium voltage distribution transformers in accordance with
SANS 780.
Requirements for the supply of cables.
BBC0455 version 1:
Eskom phase failure detection circuit.
"P
BBC0198 version 1:
BBC7616 version 1:
Policy and guidelines for management of polychlorinated
biphenyls in Transnet Freight Rail.
CEE.0023.90:
Specification for installation of cables.
CEE.0045.2002/1:
Painting of steel components of electrical equipment.
CEE.0099.2010:
Specification for 3kV DC high speed circuit breakers for
traction substations.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 3 of 5
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Code of practice, earth systems for electric light and power
and traction installations.
CEE.0224.2002:
Drawings, catalogues, instruction manuals and spares lists for
electrical equipment supplied under contract.
CEE.0227.95:
The manufacture of 3kV DC breaker cells and trucks.
CEE.0229.95:
Dry-out and regeneration of insulating oil and reclaiming and
de-sludging of transformers.
S420 (1999):
Specification for concrete work.
y"
CEE.0177.86:
nl
E4E Transnet (Aug 2006): Safety arrangement and procedural compliance with the
occupational health and safety act (act 85 of 1993) and
applicable regulations.
Specification for works on, over or adjacent to railway lines
and near high voltage equipment.
O
E7/1(July 1998):
PLANT AND MATERIAL
4.2.1
The Contractor shall supply all the plant to be built into the works. The Contractor shall
provide written certification of compliance with specification of materials supplied by
him.
4.3
CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
4.3.1
Requirements for the equipment are covered in part C3.7 “Particular Specification”.
4.3.2
The Contractor shall supply all equipment necessary to perform the work.
4.4
EXISTING SERVICES
4.4.1
Reinstatement of services and structure damaged during construction. Any damage
caused by the Contractor to Transnet Freight Rail’s property and services shall be
rectified by the Contractor at his own costs and to the full satisfaction of the Supervisor.
4.4.2
The Contractor shall reconnect and test the Telecontrol panel at the substations.
op
C
ew
vi
The Contractor shall disconnect the Eskom tails from the Transnet Freight Rail
disconnecting switch and reconnect after completion of construction and testing. An
Eskom outage must be arranged prior to the work being done.
re
4.4.3
y
4.2
SITE ESTABLISHMENT
4.5.1
SERVICES AND FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER
4.5.1.1
The Employer will not provide any services or facilities for use by the Contractor.
4.5.2
FACILITIES PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR
4.5.2.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for the site establishment and shall quote for it in
the Activity Schedule, part C2.2
"P
4.5
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 4 of 5
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall provide a site office (mobile) where the necessary documentation
comprising of design and installation drawings, a copy of the contract, site diary, site
instruction book, Risk and Safety file, latest approved programme and all other relevant
documents shall be available at all times.
4.5.2.3
The Contractor shall provide the necessary facilities (table and chairs) to conduct site
meetings in a suitable meeting environment.
4.5.2.4
No staff accommodation shall be allowed on site. Only a security guard to be provided
by the Contractor to safeguard his equipment and plant will be allowed on site overnight.
No consumption of alcohol by staff will be allowed on site.
4.5.2.5
The Contractor shall provide toilet facilities for use by his workmen. These toilet facilities
shall be maintained in a clean and approved manner at all times during the construction
period.
4.5.2.6
Temporary structures such as fencing, carports etc. shall be removed or demolished
after completion of the works.
4.5.2.7
The Contractor shall apply for his own telephone, if required.
4.6
SITE USAGE
4.6.1
Not applicable
4.7
PERMITS AND WAYLEAVES
4.7.1
Not applicable
4.8
ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS, EXTENSIONS, AND MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING
WORKS
4.8.1
Alterations to existing buildings shall be as per Part C3.7.
4.8.2
All existing obsolete foundations shall be demolished to 100mm below the surrounding
ground level or removed completely if they obstruct new foundations in the high voltage
yard.
4.9
INSPECTIONS OF ADJOINING PROPERTIES
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
None.
WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES
re
4.10
vi
4.9.1
y"
4.5.2.2
Transnet Freight Rail cannot guarantee the supply of water at the substation. In this
regard the Contractor shall check during their pre-installation site visit for the availability.
The Contractor shall carry all costs involved for such service should it be unavailable.
"P
4.10.1
4.11
SURVEY CONTROL AND SETTING OUT THE WORKS
4.11.1
Not applicable
END
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 5 of 5
C3.4
General Construction Aspects
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 5
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
CONTENTS
Description
5.1
APPLICABLE SANS 1921 STANDARDS ........................................................... 2
5.2
ASSOCIATED SANS 1921 SPECIFICATION DATA........................................... 2
5.3
PARTICULAR/GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS...................................................... 4
5.4
PLANNING AND PROGRAMMING..................................................................... 4
5.5
SEQUENCE OF THE WORKS ............................................................................ 4
5.6
SOFTWARE APPLICATION FOR PROGRAMMING .......................................... 4
5.7
METHODS AND PROCEDURES ........................................................................ 4
5.8
QUALITY PLANS AND CONTROL ..................................................................... 5
5.9
ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................. 6
5.10
ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC ON PUBLIC ROADS OCCUPIED BY THE
CONTRACTOR ................................................................................................... 6
5.11
OTHER CONTRACTORS ON SITE..................................................................... 6
5.12
TESTING, COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING AND CORRECTION OF
DEFECTS ............................................................................................................ 7
5.13
RECORDING OF WEATHER .............................................................................. 7
5.14
FORMAT OF COMMUNICATION........................................................................ 7
5.15
KEY PERSONNEL .............................................................................................. 8
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
MANAGEMENT MEETINGS ............................................................................... 8
FORMS FOR CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION ................................................... 8
re
5.17
vi
5.16
Page
y"
Item
DAILY RECORDS ............................................................................................... 8
5.19
BONDS AND GUARANTEES ............................................................................. 8
5.20
PAYMENT CERTIFICATE................................................................................... 9
5.21
PERMITS............................................................................................................. 9
5.22
INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER ................................................. 9
5.23
HEALTH AND SAFETY....................................................................................... 9
"P
5.18
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 5
MANAGEMENT OF THE WORKS
APPLICABLE SANS 1921 STANDARDS
5.1.1
The following parts of SANS 1921 and associated specification data is applicable:
5.1.2
SANS 1921-1-2004: Part 1: General Engineering and Construction Works.
5.1.3
SANS 1921-1-2004: Part 3: Structural Steelwork.
5.1.4
SANS 1921-1-2004: Part 6: HIV/AIDS awareness.
5.2
ASSOCIATED SANS 1921 SPECIFICATION DATA
5.2.1
ESSENTIAL DATA
5.2.1.1
The requirements for drawings, information and calculations for which the Contractor is
responsible are:
5.2.1.1.1
The requirements for drawings are covered in part C3.2 “Engineering”.
5.2.1.1.2
There are no particular requirements for calculations.
5.2.1.2
The responsibility strategy assigned to the Contractor for the works is C.
5.2.1.3
The structural engineer is to be appointed by the Contractor.
5.2.1.4
Drawings and other information are to be submitted in accordance with the Contractor’s
programme.
5.2.1.5
The samples of materials, workmanship and finishes that the Contractor is to provide and
deliver to the Employer are as stated in the scope of work.
5.2.1.6
The fabrication drawings that the Contractor is to provide and deliver to the Employer are
covered in part C3.2 “Engineering”.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
The office accommodation, equipment, accommodation for site meetings and other
facilities for use by the Employer and his agents are:
re
5.2.1.7
y"
5.1
The Employer will not maintain any facilities on site.
5.2.1.7.2
All meetings called by the Employer will be held at one of the Employer owned offices to
be announced.
"P
5.2.1.7.1
5.2.1.8
The requirements for the provision and erection of sign boards are: None.
5.2.1.9
The requirements for the termination, diversion or maintenance of existing services are:
5.2.1.9.1
If in the execution of his duties, the Contractor finds that the existing services are in his
way, he can seek permission from Transnet to divert or temporarily remove the services.
5.2.1.9.2
No Transnet service road shall be closed without the permission of Transnet.
5.2.1.10
Services that are known to exist on site are High and low voltage cables.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
5.2.1.11
The requirements for detection apparatus are: Cable locating equipment.
5.2.1.12
The additional health and safety requirements are:
5.2.1.12.1 The attention of the Contractor is drawn to “live” electrical overhead wires or underground
cables existing in the area covered by this contract and the danger of coming in contact
with such wires or piercing underground electrical cables, during excavations.
y"
5.2.1.12.2 The Contractor shall make all his personnel aware of the danger of “live” electrical wires
and cables as well as induced stray voltages from AC electrification into cables and
equipment before commencing with the work.
nl
5.2.1.12.3 The Contractor and each member of his personnel who may be required to enter high
voltage substations for the purpose of performing work in terms of this contract must:
Observe Transnet Freight Rail’s Electrical Safety Instructions regarding the entry of
personnel into all substations, control rooms and equipment sites accommodating
equipment on which work must be preformed. Failure to comply with these
requirements will render the Contractor liable for direct or indirect costs resulting from
such negligence. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to make sure that his
personnel are in possession of these instructions.
5.2.1.12.3.2
Ensure that they are in possession / have completed the proper documents authorising
them to enter high voltage substations of Transnet Freight Rail.
op
y
O
5.2.1.12.3.1
C
5.2.1.12.4 Whenever the Contractor or any member of his personnel enters a high voltage
substation yard belonging to Transnet Freight Rail, he must enter his details and the
reason for the visit in the substation logbook and sign it. Also see clauses C3.5.7.3 below
and C3.5.7.12 below.
5.2.1.12.5 When the Contractor or any member of his personnel is about to leave the substation on
completion of his duty he must complete the entry in the substation logbook.
ew
5.2.1.12.6 Special care shall be exercised when welding or flame cutting operations occur and
Contractors are required to provide suitable fire fighting equipment at close hand as
prescribed by the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act 85 of 1993.
vi
5.2.1.12.7 The Contractor shall provide the necessary number of suitable first aid outfits, one set in
the camp and one set at each working team. He shall maintain these outfits fully
equipped at all times.
re
5.2.1.12.8 The Contractor’s staff shall always wear personal protective clothing when they are on
site.
"P
5.2.1.12.9 The Contractor shall report all accidents in writing to the Supervisor. Any accident
resulting in the death of or injury to any person on the Works shall be reported within 24
hours of its occurrence, and any other accident shall be reported within 48 hours of its
occurrence.
5.2.1.12.10 The works to be undertaken by nominated and selected sub-Contractors comprise: None.
5.2.2
VARIATIONS
5.2.2.1
Replace 4.1.7 with:
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 3 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The requirements for drawings shall be in accordance with Part C3.2 “Engineering”.
Requirements for information and calculations shall be in accordance with the specification
data.
PARTICULAR/GENERIC SPECIFICATIONS
5.3.1
Particular/generic specifications are listed in C3.4.
5.4
PLANNING AND PROGRAMMING
5.4.1
Transnet requires that the works be completed within 21 months from the starting date
award of contract which shall include any statutory holidays falling within this period and
shall exclude the period from 16 December to 5 January, both days included, if it falls
within this period.
5.4.2
Where the whole of the works is awarded to one contractor, he shall employ two teams
working simultaneously at two substations. Clauses 5.4.5 and 5.4.6 below will still apply.
5.4.3
The Contractor may offer a shorter completion period in his tender, which offer may be
taken into consideration when adjudicating the tenders.
5.4.4
The works shall be completed according to the program of work to be submitted by the
Contractor.
5.4.5
The period that the substations are off load shall be kept as short as possible and the
Contractor shall concentrate on the installation of indoor equipment first to enable
Transnet Freight Rail to operate the substation as a tie-station as soon as possible after
the track breakers have been decommissioned. This will assist the network in handling
the required load while the rest of the refurbishment is conducted.
5.4.6
No permits on two adjacent substations at any one time will be allowed.
5.4.7
The planning, programme and method statements are to comply with the following:
5.4.7.1
The programme shall show all the individual tasks, the critical path(s) as well as project
and monthly milestones.
5.4.7.2
Items in the activity schedule shall be included in the programme.
5.5
SEQUENCE OF THE WORKS
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
The execution of the works shall be in accordance to the program to be submitted by the
Contractor. Transnet Freight Rail shall approve such program.
re
5.5.1
nl
y"
5.3
SOFTWARE APPLICATION FOR PROGRAMMING
5.6.1
The Contractor to make use of Microsoft Project Software when compiling a program bar
chart for installation of the works.
5.7
METHODS AND PROCEDURES
5.7.1
At the completion of the works the Contractor shall clear the site of any left over material
to the satisfaction of the Supervisor. The site shall be left in the same or better condition
than it was before.
"P
5.6
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 4 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
During the clearing of the site, great care shall be exercised by the Contractor when
approaching the trees and shrubs at the site.
5.7.3
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Transnet specification E7/1 for
“works on, over, under or adjacent to railway lines and near high voltage equipment”.
5.7.4
The Employer shall retain title to all material / plant that is being replaced. This material /
plant shall be transported by the Contractor to the Ladysmith Maintenance Depot,
providing it is not PCB contaminated.
5.7.5
Hours of work will be from 07h00 to 16h00 Mondays to Fridays.
5.7.6
On the Contractor’s request, work may be performed outside these normal working hours
if permitted by the Supervisor.
5.7.7
The cost of the Employer’s supervision outside normal working hours, when requested by
the Contractor, shall be recovered from the Contractor.
5.7.8
While at the construction site, the movements of the Contractor’s staff shall be restricted
within the designated work area to avoid contact with high voltage electrical plant.
5.7.9
The Contractor shall give the Supervisor a notice of 3 working days before covering any
excavations (this includes foundation excavations and cable trenches).
5.7.10
If any scaffolding is to be used, the Contractor shall appoint a competent and experienced
person to supervise the erection and dismantling of the scaffolding. The appointment shall
be made on a form similar to Annexure 3 contained in specification E4E (August 2006).
5.7.11
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to take care of the works, plant and material
while under construction until takeover by the Employer.
5.7.12
The Contractor’s team supervisors could be requested to attend and pass the Transnet
Freight Rail Electrical Safety training course and be authorised to supervise the
Contractor’s staff whilst working in the substations on this contract. Transnet Freight Rail
will arrange the course and further details will be communicated to the Contractor.
5.8
QUALITY PLANS AND CONTROL
5.8.1
The Contractor shall operate a quality management system.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
Tenderers shall submit a detailed statement of their quality system with the tender which
shall include the following:
re
5.8.2
y"
5.7.2
Statement of quality management policy and objectives.
5.8.2.2
Statement of the quality control procedures that will apply to purchased materials.
"P
5.8.2.1
5.8.2.3
Statement of the quality control plan for all components manufactured or supplied so that
an inspection is carried out to ascertain conformance to the specification.
5.8.2.4
Statement of the quality control procedure that will apply to the installation on site.
5.8.2.5
The sole responsibility for ensuring that the components supplied conform to the
specification shall rest with the Contractor. All major equipment shall be subject to quality
control tests and inspections.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 5 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall notify the supervisor of all inspections at least 7 working days in
advance of such inspections. The Contractor shall have the relevant quality control plans
available at inspections and tests.
5.8.4
Transnet Freight Rail reserves the right to inspect the equipment covered by this
specification at any stage during manufacture and to be represented at any tests.
5.8.5
Where the contract provides for tests on the premises of the Contractor or of his SubContractor or on site, the Contractor shall provide assistance such as labour, materials,
electricity, fuel, stores, apparatus and instruments as may be a requisite and as may be
reasonably demanded to carry out such tests efficiently.
5.8.6
As and when the equipment has passed these tests, the Supervisor shall furnish the
Contractor with a certificate in writing to this effect.
5.8.7
If as a result of an inspection, examination or test, the Supervisor decides that the
equipment is defective or not in accordance with the requirements, he shall notify the
Contractor accordingly stating in writing his objections and reasons therefore. The
Contractor shall timeously make good the defect to ensure that the equipment complies
with the requirements.
5.8.8
Thereafter, if required by the Supervisor, the tests shall be repeated under the same
terms and conditions save that all reasonable expenses to which Transnet Freight Rail
may be put by the repetition of these tests will be deducted from the contract sum.
5.8.9
Unless the Supervisor otherwise directs, no plant or materials are to be delivered to site
until the Supervisor issues an inspection certificate in respect of such plant or material.
The Contractor shall be responsible for the reception of all plant and material delivered to
site for the purpose of the contract.
5.8.10
Transnet Freight Rail reserves the right to conduct a quality assurance audit on the
Contractor's quality control system at regular intervals.
5.8.11
If at any stage during manufacture, repair, installation or commissioning of equipment or
material it becomes evident that the requirements of this specification are not being
adhered to, Transnet Freight Rail reserves the right to halt such manufacture, repair,
installation or commissioning until such time as the Contractor or his Sub-Contractor
conforms to the requirements of this specification.
C
ew
vi
Details of any additional tests or inspections proposed by the Tenderer shall be attached
and submitted with his tender.
re
5.8.12
op
y
O
nl
y"
5.8.3
ENVIRONMENT
5.9.1
These requirements are covered in Part C3.6 “ Environmental Requirements”
"P
5.9
5.10
ACCOMMODATION OF TRAFFIC ON PUBLIC ROADS OCCUPIED BY THE
CONTRACTOR
5.10.1
The Contractor shall obey normal traffic rules.
5.11
OTHER CONTRACTORS ON SITE
5.11.1
A Contractor appointed by Eskom may be on site to do refurbishment of the Eskom
structures.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 6 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
TESTING, COMPLETION, COMMISSIONING AND CORRECTION OF DEFECTS
5.12.1
The Contractor shall perform all pre-commissioning tests, the Employer reserves the right
to witness these tests. The Contractor shall supply all test equipment and instruments.
5.12.2
The Employer shall be notified at least 14 days prior to performing these tests.
5.12.3
The Employer will perform calibration and protection settings.
5.12.4
When the WORKS have been completed to the satisfaction of the Supervisor a Certificate
of Completion stating the date on which the defects liability and maintenance period will
commence, shall be given to the Contractor. Separate certificates of completion shall be
given and separate dates of commencement of defects liability and maintenance periods
determined for completed portions of the WORKS, in those cases where such portions
are taken over by Transnet before completion of the Works as a whole.
5.12.5
The Works will not be acceptable by Transnet as complete until all defects of every kind
have been made good to the satisfaction of the Supervisor.
5.12.6
The period of defects liability and maintenance stipulated in the Contract Data is twelve
months unless a shorter period is approved by the Project Manager.
5.12.7
The defects liability and maintenance period commences only after the Certificate of
Completion has been given to the Contractor. The Contractor is required at his cost, to
make good all defects, all defective material and workmanship which may become
apparent during the defects liability and maintenance period.
5.12.8
Should the Contractor fail to comply with the above provisions, Transnet may cause the
required work to be carried out at the expense of the Contractor and may recover the cost
thereof from the Contractor.
5.13
RECORDING OF WEATHER
5.13.1
These requirements are covered in the contract data.
5.14
FORMAT OF COMMUNICATION
5.14.1
The Contractor shall supply and have available on site at all times three A4 size triplicate
carbon copy books, with detachable pages.
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
In one book site instructions will be recorded. Only the Project Manager or Supervisor will
have the authority to issue site instructions to the Contractor. All instructions recorded
shall be signed by the Supervisor and immediately acknowledged by the counter
signature of the Contractor or his agent.
re
5.14.1.1
nl
y"
5.12
In the second book site activities will be recorded. Site diaries shall be forwarded to the
Supervisor during monthly progress meetings.
"P
5.14.1.2
5.14.1.3
The third book will be used as the Risk Register.
5.14.1.4
The above three books shall always be kept on site.
5.14.1.5
The original sheet of each set of three pages will be removed from the books and retained
by the Project Manager. The Contractor may remove the second sheet but the third sheet
shall be retained on site until completion of the works when it shall be handed to the
Project Manager.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 7 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
KEY PERSONNEL
5.15.1
These requirements are covered in the contract data.
5.16
MANAGEMENT MEETINGS
5.16.1
SITE MEETINGS
5.16.1.1
A program for regular site meetings will be compiled by the Project Manager. At these
meetings progress, financial, quality, site safety, site diary, site instructions and technical
issues will be discussed.
5.16.2
RISK REDUCTION MEETINGS
5.16.2.1
These meetings can form part of the regular site meetings or be held as separate
meetings. At these meetings compensation events, early warnings, contractual claims and
the risk register will be discussed.
5.17
FORMS FOR CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION
5.17.1
Not applicable
5.18
DAILY RECORDS
5.18.1
The Contractor shall supply a triplicate carbon copy book to be used as a site diary for
recording on a daily basis the date, state of the weather, work done each day, hours
worked, number and grade of personnel that worked on site, Equipment on site, plant and
material delivered to site and any delays or time lost with reasons.
5.18.2
The site diary shall always be kept in the Contractor’s site office. The original set of each
set of three pages will be removed from the book and retained by the Project Manager.
The Contractor may remove the second sheet but the third sheet shall be retained in the
book on site until completion of the works when it shall be handed to the Project Manager.
5.19
BONDS AND GUARANTEES
5.19.1
Security in the amount equal to ten percent of the contract price, shall be provided by the
Contractor for the due and faithful performance by him in terms of the contract. Such
security shall be in the form of: -
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
Government or approved Municipal stocks in negotiable form, or
A Deed of Suretyship furnished by an approved bank, insurance or guarantee corporation
in such form as may be prescribed by Transnet, provided however that the Project
Manager may, upon written application by the Contractor, return to the Contractor the
whole or part of such security held by Transnet when the retention money has reached an
amount, which the Project Manager in his sole discretion considers sufficient for the
protection of Transnet. Transnet is entitled to hold all or portion of the security until the
completion of the contract and the expiry of the defects liability and maintenance period.
"P
re
5.19.1.2
vi
5.19.1.1
y"
5.15
5.19.2
Five percent of the value of the work completed, as reflected by the nett monthly amounts
certified for payment, will be retained by Transnet for the due and proper fulfilment of the
contract, until such retention money is sufficient, in the opinion of the Project Manager, for
the protection of Transnet. Transnet is entitled to hold all or portion of the retention money
until the completion of the contract and the expiry of the defects liability and maintenance
period.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 8 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
PAYMENT CERTIFICATE
5.20.1
On or after the assessment date, the Project Manager and the Contractor will together
assess the progress on each item in the Activity Schedule and items shall be listed in
quantities.
5.20.2
The Contractor shall then submit a VAT invoice and attach his Progress Certificate for
payment by the Employer.
5.21
PERMITS
5.21.1
The Employer will issue the Contractor with a Site Access Certificate for entering the site.
Transnet Freight Rail reserves the right to cancel an authorised work permit at any time,
even during the period of such occupation or work permit.
5.22
INSURANCE PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER
5.22.1
Details of this are covered in the Contract Data.
5.23
HEALTH AND SAFETY
5.23.1
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the Transnet Health and Safety
specification E4E (August 2006) by compiling a safety plan and completing the applicable
Annexures similar to those in the above specification on his company’s letterheads.
5.23.2
The safety plan shall be based on a risk assessment done by a competent person in
accordance with Act 85 of 1993.
5.23.3
The safety plan shall also incorporate a fall protection plan in accordance with Act 85 of
1993.
5.23.4
The requirements of specification E7/1 shall apply.
END
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
5.20
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 9 of 9
C3.5
Management of the Works
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 6
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
CONTENTS
Description
Page
6.1
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ...................................................................2
6.2
DISPOSAL AND TREATMENT OF OIL AND OIL FILLED CIRCUIT
BREAKERS.........................................................................................................2
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Item
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 3
C3.6
Environmental Requirements
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 6
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
6.1.1
The requirements of specification BBB2007 shall apply.
6.1.2
The Transnet Freight Rail Infrastructure Depot will arrange for an Environmental
Specialist to visit all the substations after contract completion and issue a letter stating
that the sites are clean and in an environmentally sound condition. This is required by
the Rail Safety Regulator.
6.2
DISPOSAL AND TREATMENT OF OIL AND OIL FILLED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
6.2.1
The collection, handling and disposal of oil from the OCBs from the substation shall be
done in a safe and environmentally sound manner.
6.2.1.1
Unless any equipment to be replaced containing oil is clearly certified PCB free, the
contractor shall test or make arrangements for the testing of the circuit breaker oil for
Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCBs) before replacing the OCBs and submit the results to
Transnet Freight Rail.
6.2.1.2
This will be done by first conducting preliminary screening chlorine tests and where the
levels of chlorine presence are above 50ppm, further detailed PCB tests and analyses
shall be conducted.
6.2.1.3
The units with levels of contamination less than 20ppm Chlorine shall be disposed of
following the normal disposal procedure.
6.2.1.4
Any units with residual PCB pollution, or oils contaminated to a level greater than
50ppm shall be treated as PCB items.
6.2.2
Equipment and oil with a PCB content of between 20 and 49 PPM is classified as ‘mildly
contaminated’ and shall be properly identified, i.e. marked with yellow stickers, and
disposed of as contaminated.
6.2.3
In case of PCB items being identified, handling and disposal of the equipment shall be
done in accordance to specification BBC7616.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
Approved degreasing agents on concrete surfaces shall be used, if required.
The costs for the screening chlorine test and provisional analyses of oils and soil for
PCB’s, the tests and analysis of soil to determine tph levels where spillages has
occurred, must be furnished by the tenderers in Part C2.2 “Activity Schedule”.
"P
re
6.2.5
vi
6.2.4
y"
6.1
6.2.5.1
The Tenderer shall provide a provisional method statement and cost for the legal
disposal of PCB items, such methodology and costing becoming applicable only in the
event of PCB items requiring disposal, as specified, being required.
6.2.6
The old circuit breakers that are not contaminated shall be transported by the contractor
to the Transnet Freight Rail Ladysmith Infrastructure depot and scrapped by Transnet
Freight Rail following normal procedures. (The depot may keep old OCB parts as
spares as deemed necessary).
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 3
C3.6
Environmental Requirements
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
6.2.7
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The disposal of any PCB items shall be by thermal destruction method; encapsulation
method is not permitted.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
END
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 3 of 3
C3.6
Environmental Requirements
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 7
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION FOR THE REFURBISHMENT OF SOUTH PORTAL, QUAIL,
NOTTINGHAM ROAD, DANSKRAAL, ELANDSLAAGTE, WASBANK AND GLENCOE TRACTION
SUBSTATIONS.
CONTENTS
Description
7.1
88KV AC HIGH VOLTAGE PLANT .....................................................................3
7.1.1
HIGH VOLTAGE METAL OXIDE SURGE ARRESTERS ................................................... 3
7.1.2
HIGH VOLTAGE AC DISCONNECTOR AND EARTHING SWITCH ................................. 3
7.1.3
HIGH VOLTAGE AC PRIMARY CIRCUIT BREAKERS...................................................... 3
7.1.4
MAIN CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.................................................................................. 4
7.1.5
TRACTION TRANSFORMERS........................................................................................... 4
7.2
3KV DC PLANT ...................................................................................................6
7.2.1
OUTDOOR TO INDOOR CONNECTIONS ......................................................................... 6
7.2.2
3KV RECTIFIER PLANT ..................................................................................................... 6
7.2.3
DC SMOOTHING/FILTERING PLANT................................................................................ 6
7.2.4
3KV DC POSITIVE ISOLATOR AND EARTHING SWITCH ............................................... 7
7.2.5
TRACK FEEDER HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT BREAKERS ..................................................... 7
7.2.6
MODULAR TYPE STEEL HOUSED HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT BREAKERS ....................... 8
7.2.7
REGENERATIVE BRAKING PLANT .................................................................................. 8
7.2.8
3KV DC POSITIVE FEEDER CABLES ............................................................................... 8
7.2.9
SUBSTATION NEGATIVE RETURN .................................................................................. 9
7.3
AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLIES .........................................................................9
7.3.1
AC AUXILIARY SUPPLY SERVICE CONDITION .............................................................. 9
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
SUPPLY FROM AUXILIARY TRANSFORMERS ............................................................. 10
AUTOMATIC CHANGE OVER.......................................................................................... 11
re
7.3.3
vi
7.3.2
Page
y"
Item
SUBSTATION CONTROL AND LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION ...................11
7.4.1
SUBSTATION PANELS .................................................................................................... 11
7.4.2
LIGHTING AND POWER POINTS.................................................................................... 11
7.5
BATTERY ..........................................................................................................12
7.6
BATTERY CHARGERS .....................................................................................12
7.7
CABLING, BUSBARS AND WIRING ................................................................12
7.8
SUBSTATION PROTECTION AND EARTHING................................................13
7.8.1
PROTECTION RELAYS.................................................................................................... 13
7.8.2
AC EARTH LEAKAGE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS .................................................... 14
"P
7.4
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 1 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR EARTHING ............................................................................ 15
7.9
CIVIL AND BUILDING WORK...........................................................................15
7.9.1
YARD PREPARATION...................................................................................................... 15
7.9.2
FENCING AND GATES .................................................................................................... 15
7.9.3
FOUNDATIONS ................................................................................................................ 16
7.9.4
STEELWORK .................................................................................................................... 17
7.9.5
SUBSTATION BUILDING ................................................................................................. 17
7.10
DETAILS OF SPECIFIC WORK REQUIRED PER SUBSTATION.....................19
7.10.1
SOUTH PORTAL............................................................................................................... 19
7.10.2
QUAIL ................................................................................................................................ 19
7.10.3
NOTTINGHAM ROAD ....................................................................................................... 20
7.10.4
DANSKRAAL..................................................................................................................... 20
7.10.5
ELANDSLAAGTE .............................................................................................................. 20
7.10.6
WASBANK......................................................................................................................... 20
7.10.7
GELNCOE ......................................................................................................................... 21
7.11
DRAWINGS .......................................................................................................21
7.12
TRAINING..........................................................................................................21
7.13
GENERAL .........................................................................................................21
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.8.3
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 2 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C3
Section 7
PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION FOR THE REFURBISHMENT OF SOUTH PORTAL, QUAIL,
NOTTINGHAM ROAD, DANSKRAAL, ELANDSLAAGTE, WASBANK AND GLENCOE TRACTION
SUBSTATIONS.
88KV AC HIGH VOLTAGE PLANT
7.1.1
HIGH VOLTAGE METAL OXIDE SURGE ARRESTERS
7.1.1.1
The Contractor shall supply and install surge arresters, as per Transnet Freight Rail's
specification BBB 5452 clause 10.0, BBB 0845 and drawing no. BBB 0938, on the
incoming side of the AC disconnector and earthing switch and on the primary side of the
main traction transformers, at all the substations.
7.1.1.2
Surge arresters shall be connected directly to the aerial feed and not by means of a
jumper to the aerial feeder.
7.1.2
HIGH VOLTAGE AC DISCONNECTOR AND EARTHING SWITCH
7.1.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new outdoor high voltage AC disconnector
switches combined with an earthing switch as per Transnet Freight Rail's specification
BBB 5452 clause 11.0 and BBB 7842 at Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and
Glencoe substations.
7.1.2.2
These AC disconnecting switches shall be installed between the Eskom 88kV aerial
busbar and the primary circuit breaker.
7.1.2.3
The disconnecting switches shall have auxiliary contacts for interlocking with the primary
circuit breaker as per Transnet Freight Rail’s specification BBB 7842 clauses 7.11.
7.1.3
HIGH VOLTAGE AC PRIMARY CIRCUIT BREAKERS
7.1.3.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new Primary Circuit Breakers (PCB’s) as per
Transnet Freight Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 12.0 and BBB 1267 at Danskraal
and Glencoe substations.
7.1.3.2
The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, safeguarding and reinstallation of
the existing high voltage AC primary circuit breakers at Nottingham Road (1) and
Wasbank (2).
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.1
The Contractor shall however be responsible for the excavation and casting of new
foundations.
7.1.3.3
The circuit breakers shall be installed with the mechanism box of the breaker facing the
traction transformer.
7.1.3.4
The Contractor shall cast a 75mm thick concrete slab between the pedestal foundations
to provide for a secure standing surface. The top of the slab shall be at the same level as
the top of the pedestal foundations.
7.1.3.5
Notwithstanding the clearances quoted in specification BBB 1267 clause 5.0, Transnet
Freight Rail requires safe working clearances whereby when in a safe working position
and moving to and from it, no person with outstretched arms, or any part of his body or
the tools or plant he is handling, comes to within 1,7m from exposed live conductors.
"P
7.1.3.2.1
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 3 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
In order to achieve this, a barrier shall be provided and installed into the top of the circuit
breaker mechanism box, if necessary.
7.1.4
MAIN CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
7.1.4.1
The Contractor shall supply and install current transformers (CT’s) as per Transnet
Freight Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 13.0 and BBB 0937 as follows:
Substation Name
Number of CT’s
South Portal
2
Quail
2
Nottingham Road
4
Danskraal
6
Elandslaagte
2
Wasbank
2
Glencoe
6
7.1.4.2
The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal, safeguarding and reinstallation of
the existing main current transformers at Wasbank (4).
7.1.4.2.1
The Contractor shall however be responsible for the excavation and casting of new
foundations.
7.1.4.3
The current transformers shall be installed on the traction transformer side of the primary
circuit breakers.
7.1.4.4
Each current transformer shall have two identical cores for metering.
7.1.4.5
The current transformers shall each have the following ratings:
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.1.3.5.1
ew
CT Cores (No. of cores)
Protection (1)
Metering (2)
Ratio
50/5
50/1
VA Rating
15
5
Voltage
88 kV
88 kV
TRACTION TRANSFORMERS
7.1.5.1
REFURBISHMENT
7.1.5.1.1
The Contractor shall refurbish the existing traction transformers on site paying special
attention to the following items:
1 Re-gasket Primary Bushings & fit new cone rubbers
2 Re-gasket Secondary Bushings & fit new cone rubbers
3 Re-gasket Tertiary bushings
4 Replace gaskets on Tap Switch (Top mounted)
5 Re-gasket inspection covers
6 Repair Buccholz relay gas valve
7 Re-gasket Buccholz relay
8 Replace Breather complete with crystals
9 Repair Leaks on stop cocks
10 Repair Leaks on sampling cock
11 Chemically clean and paint tank
12 Chemically treat polluted ballast.
13 Treat rust
"P
re
vi
7.1.5
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 4 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
y"
18
nl
17
O
16
y
15
Oil regeneration as per specification CEE.0229:
• Before starting work on the main transformers, oil samples must be
taken to do/check, Dissolved Gas Analysis, Karl Fischer- water content,
Dielectric strength – kV/mm, Acidity and PCB content.
• The next step would be to drain present oil and thereafter circulate hot
oil to rid the unit of Sludge and refill with Re-generated oil (SANS 555
compliant).
• Oil samples must again be taken after the process and be certified.
• All certificates shall be submitted to Transnet Freight Rail.
Top up with oil
Repair oil temperature probe pocket
Repair leaks on radiator fins/valves (LV side)
Repair leaks on radiator fins/valves (HV side)
Repair Radiator drain plugs
Install flexible leads on main busbars (laminated flexibles)
Treat plinth for oil pollution.
Spray clean and repaint conservator tank. Colour to be white.
Clean sight glass on conservator tank.
Repair stop cocks
Paint busbars designated colours
Supply and install new insulation under the transformer.
op
14
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Capacitive bushings on the traction transformers at South Portal, Quail, Nottingham
Road and Elandslaagte shall be replaced.
7.1.5.1.3
All oil regeneration tests shall be done by an SANAS accredited laboratory.
7.1.5.1.4
The existing transformer plinths shall be properly cleaned and painted white.
7.1.5.1.5
Vector groups, voltages etc. of the existing transformers are listed below.
ew
C
7.1.5.1.2
Substation
Name
Serial No
Make
Prim
kV
Sec V
Vector
Group
A
921300T04.4
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Dyy
Tertiary
Winding V
-
B
921300T03.4
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Yyy
-
A
921300T03.5
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Yyy
-
B
921300T04.5
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Dyy
-
A
921300T04.3
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Dyy
-
B
921300T03.3
88
2x3x1370
Yyy
-
A
1712-2
88
6x2346
Dzn
B
1712-1
OERLIKON
ENGLISH
ELECTRIC
ENGLISH
ELECTRIC
88
6x2346
Yzn
A
921300T04.2
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Yyy
-
B
921300T03.2
OERLIKON
88
2x3x1370
Dyy
-
A
81-17040
AEG
88
2x3x1365
Dyy
2360
B
81-17031
AEG
88
2x3x1365
Yyy
2360
A
81-17042
AEG
88
2x3x1365
Dyy
2360
B
81-17033
AEG
88
2x3x1365
Yyy
2360
vi
SOUTH PORTAL
Unit
QUAIL
re
NOTTINGHAM
ROAD
"P
DANSKRAAL
ELANDSLAAGTE
WASBANK
GLENCOE
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 5 of 22
-
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
7.1.5.2
NEW TRACTION TRANSFORMER
7.1.5.2.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of the existing traction transformers
and the supply and installation of new traction transformers as per Transnet Freight
Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 14 and BBB 5019, at Danskraal substation.
7.1.5.2.2
The transformers shall have a 6-phase output configuration for full wave 12 pulse
rectification.
7.1.5.2.3
The rating of the new transformer shall be as follows:
Substation
Winding
Power MW
Voltage(kV)
High Voltage
4.95
88 ± 2 x 2.5%
Danskraal
Low Voltage
2 x 1,975
1,220/1,220
Unit A & B
Tertiary
0,1
2,360
Tap Changer
Off load
-
nl
y"
Group
Y
d/y
yn
The vector group of the new traction transformer shall be Yd11Yy0Yyn0.
7.1.5.4
The Contractor shall be responsible to transport the existing main traction transformers
from Danskraal to the maintenance depot in Ladysmith and the new traction transformers
to Danskraal.
7.2
3KV DC PLANT
7.2.1
OUTDOOR TO INDOOR CONNECTIONS
7.2.1.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new anode wall plates and bushings as per
Transnet Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 33 at all the
substations.
7.2.2
3KV RECTIFIER PLANT
7.2.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install a 5 MW rectifier per unit, in accordance with
specification BBB 5452 clause 18.0 and BBB 0496, in South Portal, Quail, Nottingham
Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe substations.
7.2.2.2
Rectifiers shall comply with the following:
7.2.2.2.1
Rectifiers offered shall be on Transnet Freight Rail’s approved list of rectifiers.
7.2.2.2.2
All components, especially diodes shall be easy accessible for maintenance and
replacement purposes.
7.2.2.2.3
Snubber circuits shall be properly sealed.
7.2.2.2.4
The rectifiers at Elandslaagte shall be retained but upgraded to 5MW and be fitted with
fuses to comply with the latest requirements as specified in BBB 0496.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
7.1.5.3
7.2.3
DC SMOOTHING/FILTERING PLANT
7.2.3.1
3KV DC REACTOR
7.2.3.1.1
The existing reactor coils in South Portal, Quail, Nottingham Road, Elandslaagte,
Wasbank and Glencoe shall be re-used.
7.2.3.1.2
The coils shall be inspected, cleaned and repainted with a non conductive paint.
7.2.3.1.3
The ratings of the coils are shown in the table below.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 6 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Existing Rating
1.80mH/1000A (A unit) 1.76mH/1000A (B unit)
1.82mH/1000A (for A & B units)
1.76mH/1000A (for A & B units)
1.75mH/1000A (A unit) 1.74mH@1000A (B unit)
1.82Mh/1000A (for A & B units)
1.75mH/1000A (for A & B units)
1.78mH/1000A (A unit) 1.77mH@1000A(B unit)
y"
Substation Name
South Portal
Quail
Nottingham Road
Danskraal
Elandslaagte
Wasbank
Glencoe
The Contractor shall supply and install new reactor coils as per Transnet Freight Rail's
specification BBB 5452 clause 19.0 and BBB 3890 at Danskraal substation.
7.2.3.1.5
The rating for the new reactor coils shall be sufficient for a 5MVA substation.
7.2.3.2
WAVE FILTER PLANT
7.2.3.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new wave filter plant at all substations, as per
Transnet Freight Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 20.0, BBB 3139 for capacitors and
BBB 3162 for inductor coils.
7.2.3.2.2
The existing wave filter rooms shall be used unless the plant could be relocated to
improve safety, security or maintenance actions.
7.2.3.2.3
All wall bushings for conductors into the wave filter rooms shall be replaced.
7.2.3.2.4
Each unit shall consist of the following components for filtering 6th harmonic multiples:
COMPONENTS and RATINGS
QUANTITY
C
op
y
O
nl
7.2.3.1.4
ew
Capacitors
10 Micro Farad
20 Micro Farad
50 Micro Farad
Inductors
2.814 mH for 6th harmonic
1.173 mH for 12th harmonic
1,564 mH for 18th harmonic
1.759 mH for 24th harmonic
2
1
3
vi
1
1
1
1
For the connections refer to drawing no. JEE-TBB-159.
7.2.4
3KV DC POSITIVE ISOLATOR AND EARTHING SWITCH
7.2.4.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new positive isolators and earthing switches, as
per Transnet Freight Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 21.0 and BBB 4724, at South
Portal, Quail, Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe substations.
7.2.5
TRACK FEEDER HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
7.2.5.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new 3kV DC high speed circuit breakers (HSCB)
as per Transnet Freight Rail's specifications CEE-0099 and BBB 5452 clause 25.0 and
27.0 as follows:
"P
re
7.2.3.2.5
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 7 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Number of HSCB’s Required
5
5
5
8
4
5
5
y"
Substation Name
South Portal
Quail
Nottingham Road
Danskraal
Elandslaagte
Wasbank
Glencoe
This includes the circuit breakers for the regenerative braking plant.
7.2.6
MODULAR TYPE STEEL HOUSED HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
7.2.6.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new modular type, steel truck and cells as per
Transnet Freight Rail's specifications CEE-0227 and BBB 5452 clause 26.0 as follows:
op
y
Number of HSCB Truck & Cells Required
5
5
5
8
4
5
5
C
Substation Name
South Portal
Quail
Nottingham Road
Danskraal
Elandslaagte
Wasbank
Glencoe
O
nl
7.2.5.1.1
This includes the truck and cells for the regenerative braking plant.
7.2.6.2
One high speed circuit breaker cell in each substation shall be fitted with a second
earthing switch to earth the positive busbar. The earthing contacts shall be visible when
applying the earth.
7.2.6.2.1
This earthing switch shall be robust and lockable in both positions (earthed and not
earthed) and interlocked with the HSCB and PCB to prevent accidental earthing of the
live busbar.
vi
ew
7.2.6.1.1
The shutter gear shall be robust and mechanically locked to prevent it from opening
while the truck is withdrawn from the cell.
re
7.2.6.2.2
REGENERATIVE BRAKING PLANT
7.2.7.1
All regenerative braking plant other than the HSCB shall be retained but incorporated in
the operation of the substation and included in the schematic wiring diagrams.
"P
7.2.7
7.2.7.2
Indications to and controls from the tele-control plant shall also be incorporated and
tested.
7.2.8
3KV DC POSITIVE FEEDER CABLES
7.2.8.1
The Contractor shall supply and install a 3kV DC positive feeding arrangement as per
Transnet Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 37.0 at all the
substations consisting of the following:
7.2.8.1.1
New feeder cables from positive isolators to HSCBs.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 8 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
New feeder cables from the HSCBs to the track switches as follows:
Substation Name
Length of Positive Cable Required (doubled-up)
South Portal
360
Quail
Retain existing
Nottingham Road
Retain existing
Danskraal
Retain existing
Elandslaagte
567
Wasbank
612
Glencoe
444
7.2.8.1.3
The positive feeder cables between the HSCB and the track switches at Quail,
Nottingham Road and Danskraal shall be retained. The position of the new track
breakers shall be aligned to ensure that the cable lengths are sufficient.
7.2.8.1.4
The Contractor shall allow for new cable from the regeneration HSCB to the existing
regeneration plant depending on the layout of the new plant and the length of the existing
cable.
7.2.9
SUBSTATION NEGATIVE RETURN
7.2.9.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new substation negative return system as per
Transnet Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 36.0 at all substations
consisting of the following:
7.2.9.1.1
Negative return cables/busbars from the traction transformer to the negative busbar.
7.2.9.1.2
Negative return cables from the negative busbar to the negative return manhole as
follows:
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.2.8.1.2
Length of Negative Cable Required (double-up)
Retain existing
Retain existing
100
Retain existing
100
30
35
All new terminations and connections.
re
7.2.9.2
vi
ew
Substation Name
South Portal
Quail
Nottingham Road
Danskraal
Elandslaagte
Wasbank
Glencoe
Replace all negative return busbars, steelwork, foundations and insulators.
7.2.9.4
The negative return circuit shall be insulated from general earth to prevent stray negative
return currents.
"P
7.2.9.3
7.3
AUXILIARY POWER SUPPLIES
7.3.1
AC AUXILIARY SUPPLY SERVICE CONDITION
7.3.1.1
The auxiliary supply is derived from an auxiliary step down transformer connected to
either a tertiary winding within the traction transformer or from the secondary of the
traction transformer.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 9 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Under traction load, i.e. an electric train drawing power from the substation, the AC
waveform is distorted due to harmonics created by the traction rectifier. The Total
Harmonic Distortion which can be expected is up to 27 %.
7.3.1.3
A typical voltage waveform, which can be expected, is shown in figure 1 and its
corresponding frequency spectrum (FFT) is shown in figure 2.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.3.1.2
7.3.1.4
All plant connected to and supplied from the auxiliary supply shall be designed and
manufactured to operate under the characteristics of above quality of supply conditions.
7.3.2
SUPPLY FROM AUXILIARY TRANSFORMERS
7.3.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new auxiliary transformers as per Transnet
Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 15.0 and 16.0 and BBB 8204 at
all the substations.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 10 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Where the auxiliary transformer is protected by a barrier, the barrier shall be insulated
from earth and connected to the AC earth leakage current transformer.
7.3.3
AUTOMATIC CHANGE OVER
7.3.3.1
The Contractor shall supply and install an automatic change over facility in all
substations.
7.3.3.2
The changeover shall automatically disconnect the auxiliary transformer of unit “A” from
its load when the AC supply from unit “A” is not available. The control system shall then
connect the supply from the auxiliary transformer of unit “B” to the auxiliary loads in the
substation.
7.3.3.3
When the supply from the auxiliary transformer of unit “A” is restored and it can supply
the load, the change over shall automatically disconnect the supply from the auxiliary
transformer of unit “B” and connect the supply from the auxiliary transformer of unit “A” to
the load.
7.3.3.3.1
The auxiliary transformer of unit “A” shall therefore supply the load under normal
operating conditions and the supply from unit “B” shall be the alternative supply.
7.3.3.4
The design of the changeover system shall be such that back energising of the traction
transformer via the auxiliary transformer will not be possible during operation of the
change over control panel. Relays and contactors shall be electrically and mechanically
interlocked to ensure that the two supplies will not be paralleled at any one time.
7.3.3.5
The change over facility with indication lamps shall be incorporated in the substation AC /
DC distribution panel.
7.4
SUBSTATION CONTROL AND LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION
7.4.1
SUBSTATION PANELS
7.4.1.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new AC primary circuit breaker control panels and
AC / DC distribution panels, complete with all protection and control relays, alarms and
indications as well as measuring instruments, wiring etc. as per Transnet Freight Rail's
installation specifications BBB 5452 clause 22 and BBB 2721, at South Portal, Quail,
Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe substations.
7.4.1.2
Indications for ‘SF6 low gas’ lockout as well as ‘Spring- Charged and Discharged’ shall
be provided on the circuit breaker control panels.
C
ew
vi
The Contractor shall incorporate the controls and wiring schematic diagrams of the 88 kV
Eskom motor operated disconnects (MOD) in the primary circuit breaker control panels
to enable the MODs to be electrically operated from the circuit breaker control panel.
The controls and indications shall also be wired to the tele-control panel to enable the
MODs to be electrically operated from remote by Transnet Freight Rail Electrical Control.
"P
re
7.4.1.3
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.3.2.2
7.4.1.4
Interlocking with the traction substation primary circuit breakers shall be provided such
that the links may not be operated with the primary circuit breaker in the closed position.
This interlocking shall also be provided in the control of the primary circuit breakers of the
11 kV substations.
7.4.2
LIGHTING AND POWER POINTS
7.4.2.1
The electrical light & power installation shall be renewed as per Transnet Freight Rail's
installation specification BBB 5452 clause 45.0 at all the substations.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 11 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall supply and install outdoor security lights as per Transnet Freight
Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 45.8. on each side of the substation
building at all substations.
7.4.2.3
The Contractor shall issue a Certificate of Compliance (COC) for each substation and
submit a copy thereof to the Supervisor.
7.5
BATTERY
7.5.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new Plantè batteries as per Transnet Freight
Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 23.0 at all the substations.
7.5.2
The battery capacity shall be no less than 100AH. The Contractor shall however ensure
that the ampere-hour rating is adequate to cater for requirements in the substation.
7.6
BATTERY CHARGERS
7.6.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new battery chargers as per Transnet Freight
Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 24.0 and BBB 2502, at South Portal, Quail,
Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe substations.
7.6.2
Analogue meters are preferred.
7.7
CABLING, BUSBARS AND WIRING
7.7.1
The Contractor shall remove all existing cables and busbars and supply and install new
cables and busbars as per Transnet Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452
clause 33.0 and 34.0. at all the substations. This includes the cables between the plant
and the tele-control panel.
7.7.2
All HV clamps, cables etc. shall be from a Transnet Freight Rail approved supplier. The
Supervisor shall approve these prior to installation.
7.7.3
All dissimilar metal connections (Cu to Al) shall be made using bi-metallic clamps that
are specifically designed and manufactured to make these type of connections (ad hoc
fabricated clamps are not acceptable)
7.7.4
All copper connections to steel (galvanised) shall be tinned.
7.7.5
The cable routes shall be as indicated on the Contractor’s approved layout design. No
deviations will be permitted without approval from the Supervisor.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
Existing cable markers may be re-painted and re-used.
re
7.7.6
y"
7.4.2.2
The Contractor shall supply and install additional cable markers if necessary in
accordance with drawing CEE-PK-14.
"P
7.7.7
7.7.8
Cables inside the substation building shall be laid in the existing concrete cable trenches
or as per the approved design.
7.7.8.1
All trenches shall be covered with chequered plates. The Contractor shall modify the
existing plates or supply new / additional plates where necessary.
7.7.8.2
The chequered plates shall be at the same level as the rest of the substation floor. The
Contractor shall cut all slots for emerging cables. These slots shall be neatly cut and
smoothed to avoid damage to cables.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 12 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
All un-used trenches shall be filled, compacted and covered with a concrete slab. The
finished floor level shall be the same level as the surrounding floor.
7.7.9
Where trenches inside the buildings are not provided or not suitably close to plant,
cables shall be routed in new PVC surface mounted channels having removable covers.
7.7.9.1
These channels shall be wall mounted and shall be of sufficient size to easily house the
cables.
7.7.9.2
These channels shall not be laid on floors over access ways.
7.7.10
Alternatively, cable trays may be used. Cable trays for indoor installation shall be
galvanised type O-line PT38 or similar.
7.7.11
The cables shall be fixed to the cable trays using cable ties.
7.7.12
Cables and/or supports that are attached by adhesives are not acceptable.
7.7.13
All cables and wires shall be provided with identification tags at terminations and shall be
marked as reflected on the cable and wiring diagrams.
7.7.14
All cables shall terminate in compression type glands. Cable glands shall be metal
construction and shall be installed complete with neoprene shrouds.
7.7.15
The Contractor shall supply and install sleeve pipes where cables enter buildings through
walls. Pipes shall be sealed off at both ends after installation to make them vermin proof.
7.7.16
Cable joints will not be permitted. The Contractor shall supply busbars and cables that
are long enough for each application.
7.7.17
All cables shall be terminated and connected to a terminal strip inside panels.
7.7.18
All relays, cables, terminal strips, switches, indicating lights, and control push buttons,
etc. which are mounted in or on panels, shall be suitably labelled to clearly indicate their
function. The labels shall be engraved with white lettering on a black background and
permanently fixed with miniature screws or rivets.
7.7.19
All cabling and wiring shall be in accordance with SANS 10142 and CEE.0023.90.
7.7.20
Armouring of cables shall not be used for earthing purposes or any return circuit but shall
be bonded to earthed metal by means of a suitable gland. An earth conductor shall be
provided in each cable for earthing purposes. Should an earth conductor not be available
a separate earth conductor shall be installed to adequately carry the maximum
calculated earth fault current.
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.7.8.3
SUBSTATION PROTECTION AND EARTHING
"P
7.8
7.8.1
PROTECTION RELAYS
7.8.1.1
The Contractor shall supply and install the protection plant in accordance with the
relevant specifications supplied. Proper operation of the protection system including the
tripping and lockout functions as well as interlocking required shall be ensured.
7.8.1.2
Under Voltage relays shall be installed in all substations as per Transnet Freight Rail's
installation specification BBB 5452 clause 28.
7.8.1.3
The Contractor shall supply and install Eskom phase failure detection relays and
interlocking at all substations.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 13 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
7.8.1.4
The Contractor shall replace the automatic reclosing feature with a DC Feeder Protection
Relay at all the substations.
7.8.1.4.1
The relay is required to operate in conjunction with the 3kV DC High Speed Circuit
Breaker.
7.8.1.4.2
The main functions of the relay is to be used as:
7.8.1.4.2.1 Protection of the overhead track equipment.
Automatic line test function to determine if any fault is on the system and to prevent
auto reclosing.
•
Over current protection (I2t and di/dt discrimination).
•
Under voltage protection.
•
Frame fault protection.
•
Thermal protection of the Overhead Track.
7.8.1.4.2.2 Control of the breaker.
O
nl
y"
•
Auto re- closure in the event of no fault on the system.
•
Auxiliary contacts.
•
Serial Communication port (RSR232/RSR485).
op
y
•
Measure Current (DC)
•
Measure Voltage (DC)
•
Measure Energy kWh (Export and Import)
•
Counting all Energy operations (Condition Monitoring).
ew
•
The relay must operate from a 110 Volt DC supply.
vi
7.8.1.4.3
C
7.8.1.4.2.3 As a measurement/condition monitoring device on each track circuit.
If resistors, potential dividers and current transducers are used the clearance and
insulation levels for 3kV DC must be adhered to. It should also be noted due to spacing
the size (physical) of the resistor used for testing the line shall be limited to (Length 600
mm x Width 400mm x Height 500 mm).
re
7.8.1.4.4
The existing Transnet Freight Rail metering shunt may be re-used.
"P
7.8.1.5
7.8.2
AC EARTH LEAKAGE CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
7.8.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install one AC earth leakage CT as per Transnet Freight
Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause 17.0 for each unit in all the substations.
7.8.2.2
The AC earth leakage CTs shall be installed in the mechanism box or inside a suitable
enclosure attached to the support steel structures of the PCBs.
7.8.2.3
The Contractor shall verify that the CT ratios and other ratings are suitably matched for
the protection of the substation.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 14 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
7.8.2.4
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The AC earth leakage current transformers shall have the following ratings:
CT Core
Ratio
VA
Rating
Voltage
(V)
Accuracy
class
Accuracy Limit
Factor
Protection (1)
100/5
10
1 000
10P
5
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR EARTHING
7.8.3.1
The Contractor shall supply and install indoor and outdoor earthing (including new earth
mat) as per Transnet Freight Rail's installation specifications BBB 5452 clauses 29.0 and
30.0, BBB 3059 and drawings BBB 3620 and CEE-TBD-7.
7.8.3.2
The star/neutral point of the auxiliary transformers shall be connected to the DC earth
leakage busbar. The tank shall be connected to the 3kV DC negative busbar.
7.8.3.3
All gate switches and spark gaps shall be replaced.
7.9
CIVIL AND BUILDING WORK
7.9.1
YARD PREPARATION
7.9.1.1
Remove all crusher stone. Crusher stone may be spread on the service road to improve
access to site.
7.9.1.2
The Contractor shall remove the existing skid rails and foundations (except those
suitable for reuse).
7.9.1.3
The Contractor shall level and compact the soil to 98% MOD AASHTO before
excavations for cable trenches and foundations commence.
7.9.1.4
The Transnet Freight Rail yard shall be levelled in such a way to prevent standing water.
7.9.1.5
Storm water drains shall be provided where necessary to ensure that water drains away
from buildings and the outdoor yard.
7.9.1.6
After the completion of all foundations and earth works the Contractor shall apply weed
killer to the entire yard within the substation perimeter fence at all the substations.
7.9.1.6.1
The type of weed killer to be used and the method of application shall comply with the
environmental safety standards. Transnet Freight Rail must first approve the weed killer
and application method before it is applied.
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.8.3
The Contractor shall then lay crusher stone as per Transnet Freight Rail's installation
specification BBB 5452 clause 43. Crusher stone shall however cover the entire
substation yards.
"P
7.9.1.7
7.9.2
FENCING AND GATES
7.9.2.1
The Contractor shall supply and install new perimeter fence and gates as per Transnet
Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clauses 41 and 42 at all the
substations.
7.9.2.2
The new perimeter fence shall be the hot dipped galvanised steel palisade option.
7.9.2.3
The Contractor shall supply and install a new 1,8m high chain linked (diamond mesh)
fence and gate between the Transnet Freight Rail and Eskom yards.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 15 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall replace the existing regenerative plant perimeter fence and gate
with a 1,8m high chain linked (diamond mesh) fence at all the substations.
7.9.2.4.1
The fences shall be made vermin proof to prevent small rodents from entering the
regenerative braking yard.
7.9.2.5
The Contractor shall replace the existing fence and gate between the building and
perimeter fence as per Transnet Freight Rail's installation specification BBB 5452 clause
41 and 42 at all substations.
7.9.2.6
The Contractor shall replace the existing safety barriers in the outdoor yard at
Nottingham Road, Elandslaagte, Wasbank and Glencoe substation. The existing gates in
the barriers shall be repaired, cleaned, rust treated and painted with undercoat and two
final coats.
7.9.2.7
The Contractor shall supply and install safety barriers, including gates, in the outdoor
yard at Danskraal.
7.9.2.8
The Contractor shall cast a concrete apron of 150mm x 300mm under the Transnet
Freight Rail's perimeter fence and between the building and perimeter fence of all the
substations.
7.9.2.9
All metal parts of fences and gates shall be effectively earthed. These parts shall be
electrically connected to the earth mat with flexible conductors.
7.9.2.10
Transnet Freight Rail will provide the padlocks for the locking of the gates.
7.9.3
FOUNDATIONS
7.9.3.1
All outdoor traction plant shall be aligned along the same centre lines for each unit.
7.9.3.2
The Contractor shall be responsible for the design, excavations and casting of all
foundations for the plant to be installed (including negative return busbar foundations).
7.9.3.3
The foundation and steel structural designs shall be certified by a Professional Engineer
or Technologist registered with the Engineering Council of South Africa (ECSA) in the
relevant disciplines. These designs shall be submitted for sign off before this portion of
civil work is commenced.
7.9.3.4
New foundations, where required, shall be installed as per Transnet Freight Rail's
installation specification BBB 5452 clause 39.0.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
The Contractor shall supply and install sleeve pipes in the new foundations to prevent
cables to be laid on the foundation over access ways.
re
7.9.3.5
y"
7.9.2.4
Foundations not suitable for reuse shall be demolished to 100mm below surrounding
ground level.
"P
7.9.3.6
7.9.3.7
All concrete work shall be in compliance with specification S420 (1999).
7.9.3.8
The Contractor shall determine the exact foundation and steelwork requirements. The
Contractor shall also carry out his own survey in regard to soil types and their load
bearing capacity.
7.9.3.9
Tenderers must ensure that adequate provision (financial as well as time) has been
made for excavations in a range of soil types.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 16 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
7.9.3.10
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall be responsible for all concrete cast. He shall arrange for taking
concrete test cubes and testing thereof by an accredited test laboratory.
7.9.3.10.1 Full records of test results shall be submitted to the Supervisor.
7.9.3.10.2 If ready-mix concrete is used, the Contractor shall submit certificates confirming the
strength of concrete to the Supervisor.
7.9.3.10.3 On no account shall water be added to a concrete mix after test cubes have been taken
as the addition of water to a concrete mix reduces the strength significantly.
STEELWORK
7.9.4.1
The Contractor shall be responsible for all the steel support structures required for the
new plant as per Transnet Freight Rail's specification BBB 5452 clause 40.0.
7.9.4.2
The number of steel support structures required for Current Transformers (CT’s) and
Primary Circuit Breakers (PCB’s) are as follows.
Steel supports structures
Steel supports structures
Substation Name
required for CT’s
required for PCB’s.
0
South Portal
2
0
Quail
2
0
Nottingham Road
4
2
Danskraal
6
0
Elandslaagte
2
2
Wasbank
6
2
Glencoe
6
7.9.4.3
The Contractor shall paint all painted steel structures as per Transnet Freight Rail's
specification BBB 5452 clause 44.0.
7.9.4.4
The Contractor shall dismantle and remove all existing steel support structures not to be
reused.
7.9.4.5
The manufacture of any steelwork shall not take place prior to the signing off of the
drawings by the Supervisor.
7.9.4.6
Transnet Freight Rail shall inspect all steelwork at the manufacturer’s works prior to
dispatch.
C
ew
vi
All fasteners (nuts & bolts) shall be secured using flat or bevelled washers, as necessary,
as well as lock washers.
re
7.9.4.7
op
y
O
nl
y"
7.9.4
SUBSTATION BUILDING
7.9.5.1
The Contractor shall dismantle and remove all existing plant in the building.
7.9.5.2
The Contractor shall refurbish the entire substation building at all the substations.
7.9.5.3
The Contractor shall install all new plant that is replacing the plant that is currently
accommodated in the breaker house at Glencoe substation in the main/rectifier building.
7.9.5.4
The breaker house at Glencoe substation shall be demolished to 100mm below ground
level and the rubble removed from site.
"P
7.9.5
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 17 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The roofs, down pipes and gutters shall be replaced with chromadeck roofs, down pipes
and gutters at South Portal, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe. Whirly bird type
ventilation fans (two per unit) shall be installed in the new roofs to improve ventilation.
7.9.5.5.1
At Nottingham Road the roof shall be retained but whirly bird type ventilation fans (two
per unit) shall be installed to improve ventilation.
7.9.5.6
The Contractor shall supply and install at least 1 supply air ventilation fan and filter unit
per substation unit to maintain a positive pressure in the substation building. These shall
be installed at all the substations.
7.9.5.6.1
Large ventilation openings shall be bricked up and converted to suit the new ventilation
system.
7.9.5.6.2
The existing wooden doors/vents on the outside of the ventilation chambers shall be
replaced with security barriers.
7.9.5.7
The large double entrance door and all the external doors to the substation shall be
replaced with roll-up doors.
7.9.5.7.1
The large roll-up doors shall be fitted with a pedestrian insert.
7.9.5.8
Transnet Freight Rail shall approve the type of roll-up doors offered by the Contractor
prior to purchasing.
7.9.5.9
The third entrances to the substation buildings as well as all existing vents shall be
bricked-up.
7.9.5.10
All interior doors shall be fully operational and fitted with new locks.
7.9.5.11
The substation floors shall be chopped up and a new 75mm thick substation floor shall
be laid at South Portal, Quail, Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Wasbank and Glencoe
substations.
7.9.5.12
The substation floors shall be painted with epoxy non-slip paint.
7.9.5.13
The Contractor shall refurbish the wave filter room doors at South Portal, Quail and
Nottingham Road substations (repair, clean, paint with an under coat and two coats of
paint).
7.9.5.14
The Contractor shall replace the wave filter room doors at Danskraal, Elandslaagte,
Wasbank and Glencoe substations.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
Refurbish mechanical/electrical interlocking on the wave filter room door at all the
substations.
re
7.9.5.15
y"
7.9.5.5
Clean existing and install new water drains and gutters as required to ensure that rain
water runs away from the building and substation yard at all the substations.
"P
7.9.5.16
7.9.5.17
The Contractor shall supply and install a new 1 000 litre rain water tank feeding from the
gutters at all the substations. Tanks shall be installed on a concrete foundation.
7.9.5.18
All damaged window panes shall be replaced. All window frames shall be repaired,
surfaces prepared, cleaned and painted.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 18 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
The Contractor shall repair all cracks and holes in walls. Plastered surfaces shall then be
scraped and cleaned before at least one coat of primer/under coat and 2 final coats of
paint is applied. These also apply to external plastered plinths, window surrounds, lintels
etc.
7.9.5.20
The Contractor shall supply and install a new extractor fan and filter system in the battery
room. The fan shall provide adequate airflow to prevent the build-up of gasses from the
batteries.
7.9.5.21
The Contractor shall supply and install a new water basin in the battery room.
7.9.5.22
The Contractor shall ensure that the building is vermin proof.
7.9.5.23
The Contractor shall ensure that the aesthetic appearance of the substations are
restored giving special attention to the following:
nl
y"
7.9.5.19
7.9.5.23.1 Cleaning old paint from the face brick walls.
O
7.9.5.23.2 Levelling of uneven surfaces (building floors, surrounding ground etc).
7.9.5.23.4 Incidental repairs to fences and gates.
y
7.9.5.23.3 Removing traces of all previously demolished plant, fences and gates (brackets, bolts,
light fittings, conduit pipes, cables etc.).
The Contractor shall install warning signs (No WW 23), supplied by Transnet Freight
Rail, in accordance with Transnet Freight Rail’s drawing CEE-TWN-32 sht 2 of 9 for
exposed live high voltage plant on the perimeter fence of the substations.
7.9.5.25
“Composite substation warning notice boards” in accordance with Transnet Freight Rail’s
drawing CEE-TWN-36 shall be supplied by Transnet Freight Rail and fitted by the
Contractor on each half of the substations’ gates as well as access doors of the
substations’ control buildings.
7.10
DETAILS OF SPECIFIC WORK REQUIRED PER SUBSTATION
ew
C
op
7.9.5.24
The detail specified below will be required at each substation as listed.
SOUTH PORTAL
7.10.1.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following old foundations
and brick works shall also be removed:
vi
7.10.1
re
7.10.1.1.1 1 x 3.5m x 3.5m
7.10.1.1.2 1 x 0.9m x 0.5m
"P
7.10.1.1.3 3m x 2m (small building)
7.10.1.2
A length of 12m of old skid rail shall be removed.
7.10.1.3
The support posts and gates of the safety barriers in outdoor yard shall be cleaned and
rust treated and painted with undercoat and two final coats.
7.10.2
QUAIL
7.10.2.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following old foundations
shall also be removed:
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 19 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
7.10.2.1.1 3 x 0.75m x 0.9m
Tele-control plant to be relocated to new position.
7.10.2.3
A length of 11m of old skid rail shall be removed.
7.10.2.4
The support posts and gates of the safety barriers in outdoor yard shall be cleaned and
rust treated and painted with undercoat and two final coats.
7.10.3
NOTTINGHAM ROAD
7.10.3.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following shall also be
removed:
y"
7.10.2.2
nl
7.10.3.1.1 2 x 0.5m x 0.5m
7.10.3.1.2 1 x 0.8m x 0.8m
O
7.10.3.1.3 2 x 0.9m x 0.5m (old gantry foundations)
Remove old gantry steelwork.
7.10.3.3
Resurface the concrete ramp in front of the main entrance.
7.10.3.4
Install “unit B” earth leakage in a suitable enclosure.
7.10.3.5
Existing roll-up door to be refurbished and seal installed to prevent dust entering
underneath.
7.10.3.6
Replace the barge boards.
7.10.4
DANSKRAAL
7.10.4.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following shall also be
removed:
ew
C
op
y
7.10.3.2
7.10.4.1.1 2 x 0.9m x 0.5m (old gantry foundations)
7.10.4.1.2 2 x 2.5m x 5.0m (old transformer plinths)
vi
7.10.4.1.3 2.0m x 2.0m (small room on main road side of building)
7.10.4.1.4 2.0m x 6.0m (old slab)
Remove old gantry steelwork.
re
7.10.4.2
The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of all steel structures and
foundations of the current 88kV feeding arrangement.
"P
7.10.4.3
7.10.5
ELANDSLAAGTE
7.10.5.1
A length of 42m of old skid rail shall be removed.
7.10.6
WASBANK
7.10.6.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following shall also be
removed:
7.10.6.1.1 2 x 0.6m x 0.8m
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 20 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
7.10.6.1.2 2 x 1.2m x 1.2m
7.10.6.2
The Contractor shall supply and install new double gates between the substation building
and perimeter fence to improve the access to the yard.
7.10.7
GELNCOE
7.10.7.1
Apart from the foundations of existing plant to be removed the following shall also be
removed:
y"
7.10.7.1.1 2 x 0.6m x 0.9m
A length of 39m of old skid rail shall be removed.
7.10.7.3
The Contractor shall supply and install a new ladder to the wave filter room.
7.10.7.4
The Contractor shall supply and install new concrete slabs to cover the water trench at
the office entrance.
7.11
DRAWINGS
7.11.1
The Contractor shall prepare and supply, within 21 working days after completion of a
substation, a full set of as-built drawings to the Supervisor for sign-off.
7.11.2
The following drawings are required for each substation:
7.11.2.1
Schematic diagrams of the entire substation wiring.
7.11.2.2
Drawings for all plant, their support structures and foundations.
7.11.2.3
Indoor - EL&P layout.
7.11.2.4
Indoor – Plant layout.
7.11.2.5
Outdoor – Plant layout.
7.11.2.6
Outdoor – Cable layout in yard.
7.11.2.7
Outdoor – Earthing layout in yard.
7.11.2.8
Outdoor – Side view for clearances between plant.
O
y
op
C
ew
TRAINING
The Contractor shall provide training to technicians in all aspects of maintenance, fault
finding and operation of plant supplied and installed.
re
7.12.1
vi
7.12
nl
7.10.7.2
Training shall be sufficient to enable the technicians to do fault finding to component
level.
"P
7.12.2
7.12.3
The training course shall include a theoretical as well as a practical component.
7.12.4
Details of training content and period shall be submitted with tenders. One training
session shall be offered before commissioning. The session to accommodate up to five
(5) people.
7.13
GENERAL
7.13.1
All old/removed/obsolete plant will remain the property of Transnet Freight Rail.
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 21 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
7.13.2
The Contractor shall not demolish the old plant but shall dismantle it and transport it to
the maintenance Depot.
7.13.3
Care shall be taken not to damage old plant when dismantled such that it can be
reassembled if required.
7.13.3.1
Tenderers shall include the transport costs in their tenders.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
END
Contract
Part C3: Scope of Works
Page 22 of 22
C3.7
Particular Specifications
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
1
O
(REGISTRATION NO.1990/000900/06)
nl
y"
SPECIFICATION E4.B
(November 1996)
y
TRADING AS
TRANSNET FREIGHT RAIL
CAMPS
1.2
Camps must not be erected on land infested with field rodents.
Adequate drainage shall be provided to carry off storm and waste water.
vi
1.3
Prior to the erection of any camp, the Contractor shall submit to the Technical Officer, for
his approval, details of his proposals as to the site, water supply, sanitation, and size and
type of buildings. Where the site is on private land, the Contractor shall submit the written
approval for the use of the site of the relevant statutory authority and of the owner and
occupier of the land (as applicable).
C
1.1
ew
1.
op
MINIMUM COMMUNAL HEALTH REQUIREMENTS IN AREAS OUTSIDE THE JURISDICTION OF A
LOCAL AUTHORITY: TEMPORARY FACILITIES FOR CONTRACTOR'S PERSONNEL
Buildings shall be built to a neat and orderly pattern.
re
1.4
"P
1.5
All buildings shall have smooth, hard, impervious floors, graded to provide effective
drainage and to permit washing.
1.6
Camps shall be maintained by the Contractor at his own expense in a clean and tidy
condition.
The Contractor shall take such steps as the Technical Officer and
landowner/occupier may demand to prevent the creation of a nuisance.
1.7
When so instructed by the Technical Officer, the Contractor shall, at his own expense,
erect suitable screens between the camp and any public road, thoroughfare or railway line.
1.8
After removal of a camp, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, restore the site to its
original condition to the satisfaction of the Technical Officer and of the landowner and
occupier where the site is on private land.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
HOUSING
Every living room shall have cross ventilation, both constant and occasional. Where only
one window is provided, it shall not be in the same wall as the door.
2.2
Dimensions of living rooms shall be sufficient to allow 3.5 square metres of floor area and
11 cubic metres of air space for each person over the age of 10 years. The floor area of
any living room shall not be less than 7,8 square metres.
2.3
Flat-roofed quarters shall have a minimum roof height of 3 metres above floor level. For
quarters with pitched roofs, the wall height shall be not less than 2,6 metres above the
floor with a minimum height above floor of 3 metres at the top of the pitch.
2.4
Doors shall not be less than 2m x 0,75m and must be halved.
2.5
Windows of each living room shall have an area not less than one twelfth of the floor area
and shall be capable of opening to at least half their full area.
2.6
In areas where malaria is prevalent, doors and windows must be fitted with gauze screens.
2.7
Cooking shelters shall comprise roofed structures, three sides of which shall be enclosed
by a weatherproof material, approved by the Technical Officer to a height of at least 1m
above ground level.
op
y
O
nl
y"
2.1
Sleeping quarters shall not accommodate more than 8 persons per room.
ew
2.7.1
2.7.2
Pegboards shall be carried on metal or concrete supports and shall be separated
by partitions not less than 0,4 metres high extending to within 150mm of the end
of the bunk. Pegboards shall be removable for cleaning.
WATER SUPPLY AND ABLUTION FACILITIES
vi
3.
SPECIFICATION E4.B
(November 1996)
C
2.
2
The Contractor shall ensure that an adequate and conveniently situated supply of potable
water is provided.
re
3.1
"P
3.2
3.3
4.
Separate buildings for ablution facilities shall be provided. Where approval has been
obtained for the housing of both males and females, separate facilities for each sex shall
be provided. The proportion shall be 1 cubicle for 20 persons.
Waste water shall be hygienically disposed of.
SANITATION
4.1
Separate buildings for latrine facilities shall be provided. Where housing are provided for
both males and females, separate facilities for each sex shall be provided. The
proportions shall be at least one squatting seat for every 15 persons or less in the case of
pit latrines, or one for every 10 persons or less in case of pail latrines.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
3
SPECIFICATION E4.B
(November 1996)
Latrines shall be fly proof and sited at least 10 metres from any other building, and shall
not face on any public road, thoroughfare, railway line or residential property. Pits shall not
be less than 2,5 metres deep and sited not less than 120 metres from nearest
underground water source.
Latrines shall be so constructed, situated and maintained, and night soil so disposed of as
to prevent access by animals, breeding of flies, pollution of streams and domestic water
supplies, and other nuisances. Where a night soil removal service is operated by a
competent authority, use of such service shall be obligatory, and the use of pit latrines and
atria pits will not be permitted.
4.3
At least one refuge bin of adequate size with close fitting lid shall be provided for each
building. Refuse bins shall be emptied and cleaned out daily.
4.4
Labour shall be employed on camp sanitation duties on the following basis:-
O
nl
y"
4.2
Where the number of persons living at the camp is 20 or less - one unit.
4.4.2
For additional numbers over 20 living at the camp - one unit per 100 or part
thereof.
op
y
4.4.1
Unless refuse is removed by a competent authority, it shall be disposed of in pits and
covered over daily with a layer of earth or ash of sufficient thickness to prevent
depredations by rodents and the breeding of flies.
4.6
Adequate measures shall be taken against all vermin and insects responsible for the
spread of disease. Any instructions of a competent health authority shall be carried out
promptly and implicitly.
ew
Buildings and bed boards shall be treated whenever necessary with an approved
insecticide.
vi
4.7
C
4.5
The Contractor shall permit and facilitate inspection of the camp and structures on the site
by the staff of Transnet or any other competent authority, and shall comply with any
reasonable request by such staff or any other competent authority to eliminate any
unsanitary condition.
re
4.8
Any outbreak of infectious disease shall immediately be reported telephonically and
confirmed in writing to the Technical Officer.
4.10
The keeping of animals of any sort is not permitted.
4.11
The Contractor shall have on hand at the camp the necessary tools, disinfectants and
cleaning materials to maintain and clean the sanitary facilities.
"P
4.9
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
5.
4
SPECIFICATION E4.B
(November 1996)
RATIONS
Rations, where supplied by the Contractor, shall be stored in a suitable and rodent proof building
with sufficient shelving.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
ooOoo
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
TRANSNET LIMITED
(Registration no. 1990/000900//06)
SAFETY ARRANGEMENTS AND PROCEDURAL COMPLIANCE
WITH THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT
(ACT 85 OF 1993) AND APPLICABLE REGULATIONS
General
1.1
The Contractor and Transnet Limited (hereinafter referred to as “Transnet”) are
individual employers, each in its own right, with their respective duties and obligations
set out in the Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act 85 of 1993 (the Act) and
applicable Regulations.
1.2
The Contractor accepts, in terms of the General Conditions of Contract and in terms
of the Act, his obligations as an employer in respect of all persons in his employ, other
persons on the premises or the Site or place of work or on the work to be executed by
him, and under his control. He shall, before commencement with the execution of the
contract work, comply with the provisions set out in the Act, and shall implement and
maintain a Health and Safety Plan as described in the Construction Regulations,
2003 and as approved by Transnet, on the Site and place of work for the duration of
the Contract.
1.3
The Contractor accepts his obligation to complying fully with the Act and applicable
Regulations notwithstanding the omission of some of the provisions of the Act and the
Regulations from this document.
1.4
Transnet accepts, in terms of the Act, its obligations as an employer of its own
employees working on or associated with the site or place of work, and the Contractor
and Project Manager or his deputy shall at all times, co-operate in respect of the
health and safety management of the site, and shall agree on the practical
arrangements and procedures to be implemented and maintained during execution of
the Works.
1.5
In the event of any discrepancies between any legislation and this specification, the
applicable legislation will take precedence.
C
ew
vi
Definitions
re
2.
op
y
O
nl
y"
1.
In this Specification any word or expression to which a meaning has been assigned in
the Construction Regulations, shall have the meaning so assigned to it, unless the
context otherwise indicates: -
"P
2.1
2.2
The work included in this Contract shall for the purposes of compliance with the Act
be deemed to be "Construction Work", which, in terms of the Construction
Regulations, 2003 means any work in connection with: -
(a)
the erection, maintenance, alteration, renovation, repair, demolition or
dismantling of or addition to a building or any similar structure;
Page 1 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
the installation, erection, dismantling or maintenance of fixed plant where such
work includes the risk of a person falling;
(c)
the construction, maintenance, demolition or dismantling of any bridge, dam,
canal, road, railway, runway, sewer or water reticulation system or any similar
civil engineering structure; or
(d)
the moving of earth, clearing of land, the making of an excavation, piling, or
any similar type of work;
y"
(b)
“competent person” in relation to construction work, means any person having the
knowledge, training and experience specific to the work or task being performed:
Provided that where appropriate qualifications and training are registered as per the
South African Qualifications Authority Act, 1995 these qualifications and training shall
be deemed to be the required qualifications and training;
2.4
“contractor” means principal contractor and “subcontractor” means contractor as
defined by the Construction Regulations, 2003.
2.5
“fall protection plan” means a documented plan, of all risks relating to working from
an elevated position, considering the nature of work undertaken, and setting out the
procedures and methods applied to eliminate the risk;
2.6
“health and safety file” means a file, or other record in permanent form, containing
the information required to be kept on site in accordance with the Act and applicable
Regulations;
2.7
“Health and Safety Plan ” means a documented plan which addresses the hazards
identified and include safe work procedures to mitigate, reduce or control the hazards
identified;
2.8
“Risk Assessment” means a programme to determine any risk associated with any
hazard at a construction site, in order to identify the steps needed to be taken to
remove, reduce or control such hazard;
2.9
“the Act” means the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993.
y
op
C
ew
vi
Procedural Compliance
re
3.
O
nl
2.3
The Contractor who intends to carry out any construction work shall, before carrying
out such work, notify the Provincial Director in writing if the construction work:-
"P
3.1
(a)
includes the demolition of a structure exceeding a height of 3 metres; or
(b)
includes the use of explosives to perform construction work; or
(c)
includes the dismantling of fixed plant at a height greater than 3m,
and shall also notify the Provincial Director in writing when the construction work
exceeds 30 days or will involve more than 300 person days of construction work and
if the construction work:(a)
includes excavation work deeper than 1m; or
Page 2 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
(b)
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
includes working at a height greater than 3 metres above ground or a landing.
The notification to the Provincial Director shall be on a form similar to Annexure A of
the Construction Regulations, 2003, also shown in Annexure 1 of this Specification.
The Contractor shall ensure that a copy of the completed notification form is kept on
site for inspection by an inspector, Project Manager or employee.
3.3
The Contractor shall, in accordance with the Act and applicable Regulations, make all
the necessary appointments of competent persons in writing on a form similar to
Annexure 2 of this Specification and deliver copies thereof to the Project Manager.
Copies should also be retained on the health and safety file.
3.4
Subcontractors shall also make the above written appointments and the Contractor
shall deliver copies thereof to the Project Manager.
3.5
In the case of a self-employed Contractor or any subcontractor who has the
appropriate competencies and supervises the work himself, the appointment of a
construction supervisor in terms of regulation 6.1 of the Construction Regulations,
2003 will not be necessary. The Contractor shall in such a case execute and sign a
declaration, as in Annexure 3, by which he personally undertakes the duties and
obligations of the "Chief Executive Officer" in terms of section 16(1) of the Act.
3.6
The Contractor shall, before commencing any work, obtain from the Project Manager
an access certificate as in Annexure 4 executed and signed by him, permitting and
limiting access to the designated site or place of work by the Contractor and any
subcontractors under his control.
3.7
Procedural compliance with Act and Regulations, as above, shall also apply to any
subcontractors as employers in their own right. The Contractor shall furnish the
Project Manager with full particulars of such subcontractors and shall ensure that they
comply with the Act and Regulations and Transnet's safety requirements and
procedures.
4.
Special Permits
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
3.2
re
vi
Where special permits are required before work may be carried out such as for
hotwork, isolation permits, work permits and occupations, the Contractor shall apply
to the Project Manager or the relevant authority for such permits to be issued. The
Contractor shall strictly comply with the conditions and requirements pertaining to the
issue of such permits.
Health and Safety Programme
"P
5.
5.1
The Tenderer shall, with his tender, submit a Health and Safety Programme setting
out the practical arrangements and procedures to be implemented by him to ensure
compliance by him with the Act and Regulations and particularly in respect of: -
(i)
The provision, as far as is reasonably practical, of a working environment that is
safe and without risk to the health of his employees and subcontractors in terms
of section 8 of the Act;
Page 3 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
the execution of the contract work in such a manner as to ensure in terms of
section 9 of the Act that persons other than those in the Contractor's
employment, who may be directly affected by the contract work are not thereby
exposed to hazards to their health and safety;
(iii)
ensuring, as far as is reasonably practical, in terms of section 37 of the Act that
no employee or subcontractor of the Contractor does or omits to do any act
which would be an offence for the Contractor to do or omit to do.
y"
(ii)
The Contractor's Health and Safety Programme shall be based on a risk assessment
in respect of the hazards to health and safety of his employees and other persons
under his control that are associated with or directly affected by the Contractor's
activities in performing the contract work and shall establish precautionary measures
as are reasonable and practical in protecting the safety and health of such employees
and persons.
5.3
The Contractor shall cause a risk assessment contemplated in clause 5.2 above to be
performed by a competent person, appointed in writing, before commencement of any
Construction Work and reviewed during construction. The Risk Assessments shall
form part of the Health and Safety programme to be applied on the site and shall
include at least the following:
The identification of the risks and hazards that persons may be exposed to;
(b)
the analysis and evaluation of the hazards identified;
(c)
a documented Health and Safety Plan, including safe work procedures to
mitigate, reduce or control the risks identified;
(d)
a monitoring and review plan.
C
(a)
ew
5.4
op
y
O
nl
5.2
The Health and Safety Plan shall include full particulars in respect of: The safety management structure to be instituted on site or place of work and
the names of the Contractor's health and safety representatives and members
of safety committees where applicable;
vi
(a)
the safe working methods and procedures to be implemented to ensure the
work is performed in compliance with the Act and Regulations;
re
(b)
"P
(c)
the safety equipment, devices and clothing to be made available by the
Contractor to his employees;
(d)
the site access control measures pertaining to health and safety to be
implemented;
(e)
the arrangements in respect of communication of health and safety related
matters and incidents between the Contractor, his employees, subcontractors
and the Project Manager with particular reference to the reporting of incidents
in compliance with Section 24 and General Administrative Regulation 8 of the
Act and with the pertinent clause of the General Conditions of Contract
forming part of the Contract and
Page 4 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
(f)
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
the introduction of control measures for ensuring that the Safety Plan is
maintained and monitored for the duration of the Contract.
The Health and Safety programme shall be subject to the Project Manager's approval
and he may, in consultation with the Contractor, order that additional and/or
supplementary practical arrangements and procedures be implemented and
maintained by the Contractor or that different working methods or safety equipment be
used or safety clothes be issued which, in the Project Manager's opinion, are
necessary to ensure full compliance by the Contractor with his obligations as an
employer in terms of the Act and Regulations. The Project Manager or his deputy
shall be allowed to attend meetings of the Contractor's safety committee as an
observer.
5.5
The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to ensure that each subcontractor’s Health
and Safety Plan is implemented and maintained on the construction site: Provided
that the steps taken, shall include periodic audits at intervals mutually agreed to
between the them, but at least once every month.
5.6
The Contractor shall stop any subcontractor from executing any construction work,
which is not in accordance with the Contractor’s, and/or subcontractor’s Health and
Safety Plan for the site or which poses a threat to the health and safety of persons.
5.7
The Contractor shall ensure that a copy of the Health and Safety Plan is available on
site for inspection by an inspector, Project Manager, agent, subcontractor, employee,
registered employee organisation, health and safety representative or any member of
the health and safety committee.
5.8
The Contractor shall consult with the health and safety committee or, if no health and
safety committee exists, with a representative group of employees, on the
development, monitoring and review of the Risk Assessment.
5.9
The Contractor shall ensure that all employees under his control are informed,
instructed and trained by a competent person regarding any hazard and the related
work procedures before any work commences, and thereafter at such times as may be
determined in the Risk Assessment.
5.10
The Contractor shall ensure that all subcontractors are informed regarding any hazard
as stipulated in the Risk Assessment before any work commences, and thereafter at
such times as may be determined in the Risk Assessment.
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
5.4
The Contractor shall ensure that all visitors to a construction site undergoes health
and safety induction pertaining to the hazards prevalent on the site and shall be
provided with the necessary personal protective equipment.
"P
5.11
6.
6.1
Fall Protection Plan
In the event of the risk and hazard identification, as required in terms of clause 5.3 of
this Specification, revealing risks relating to working from an elevated position the
contractor shall cause the designation of a competent person, responsible for the
preparation of a fall protection plan;
Page 5 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
6.2
The Contractor shall implement, maintain and monitor the fall protection plan for the
duration of Contract. The Contractor shall also take such steps to ensure the
continued adherence to the fall protection plan.
6.3
The fall protection plan shall include:-
(b)
the procedures and methods to address all the identified risks per location;
(c)
the evaluation of the employees physical and psychological fitness necessary
to work at elevated positions;
(d)
the training of employees working from elevated positions; and
(e)
the procedure addressing the inspection, testing and maintenance of all fall
protection equipment.
Hazards and Potential Hazardous Situations
O
nl
y"
A Risk Assessment of all work carried out from an elevated position;
y
7.
(a)
op
The Contractor and the Project Manager shall immediately notify one another of any
hazardous or potentially hazardous situations which may arise during performance of
the Contract by the Contractor or any subcontractor and, in particular, of such
hazards as may be caused by the design, execution and/or location and any other
aspect pertaining to the contract work.
Health and Safety File
8.1
The Contractor shall ensure that a health and safety file is opened and kept on site
and shall include all documentation required as per the Act and applicable
regulations, and made available to an inspector, the Project Manager, or
subcontractor upon request.
8.2
The Contractor shall ensure that a copy of the both his Health and Safety Plan as well
as any subcontractor’s Health and Safety Plan is available on request to an
employee, inspector, contractor or the Project Manager.
ew
vi
The Contractor shall hand over a consolidated health and safety file to the Project
Manager upon completion of the Construction Work and shall in addition to
documentation mentioned in the Act and applicable Regulations include a record of
all drawings, designs, materials used and other similar information concerning the
completed structure.
"P
re
8.3
C
8.
Page 6 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
ANNEXURE 1
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT, 1993
Regulation 3(1) of the Construction Regulations
y"
NOTIFICATION OF CONSTRUCTION WORK
Name and postal address of principal contractor:
___________________________________________________________________
(b)
Name and tel. no of principal contractor’s contact person:
___________________________________________________________________
Principal contractor’s compensation registration number:
_____________________________
O
2.
nl
1(a)
y
3.(a) Name and postal address of client:
___________________________________________________________________
Name and tel no of client’s contact person or agent:
____________________________________________________________________
4.(a)
Name and postal address of designer(s) for the project:
___________________________________________________________________
(b)
Name and tel. no of designer(s) contact person:
___________________________________________________________________
C
op
(b)
Name and telephone number of principal contractor’s construction supervisor on site
appointed in terms of regulation 6(1).
___________________________________________________________________
6.
Name/s of principal contractor’s construction sub-ordinate supervisors on site
appointed in terms of regulation 6(2).
____________________________________________________________
7.
Exact physical address of the construction site or site office:
___________________________________________________________________
8.
Nature of the construction work:
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
"P
re
vi
ew
5.
9.
Expected commencement date: _______________________
10.
Expected completion date: ___________________________
Page 7 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
11. Estimated maximum number of persons on the construction site:
_______________________
12. Planned number of contractors on the construction site accountable to the principle
contractor:
___________________
nl
y"
Name(s) of contractors already chosen.
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
___________________
O
13.
_________________
y
_______________________
op
Principal Contractor
_______________________
C
Client
Date
_________________
Date
THIS DOCUMENT IS TO BE FORWARDED TO THE OFFICE OF THE
DEPARTMENT OF LABOUR PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK ON SITE.
*
ALL PRINCIPAL CONTRACTORS THAT QUALIFY TO NOTIFY MUST DO SO EVEN
IF ANOTHER PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR ON THE SAME SITE HAD DONE SO
PRIOR TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF WORK.
"P
re
vi
ew
*
Page 8 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
ANNEXURE 2
(COMPANY LETTER HEAD)
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT, 1993 (ACT 85 OF 1993) :
SECTION/REGULATION: __________________________________________
y"
REQUIRED COMPETENCY: ________________________________________
the
Employer)
do
hereby
O
representing
appoint
nl
In
terms
of
________________________________________ I,
As the Competent Person on the
premises at
C
op
Your designated area/s is/are as follows :-
y
(physical address) to assist in compliance with the Act and the applicable Regulations.
____________________________________
Signature :-
ew
Date :
____________________________________
_______________________________
re
vi
Designation :-
ACCEPTANCE OF DESIGNATION
do hereby accept this Designation and
acknowledge that I
understand the requirements of this appointment.
"P
I,
Date :
____________________________________
Signature :-
____________________________________
Designation :-
________________________________
Page 9 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
ANNEXURE 3
(COMPANY LETTER HEAD)
OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT, 1993 (ACT 85 OF 1993) :
y"
DECLARATION
y
O
nl
In terms of the above
am personally assuming the
Act I,
duties
and obligations as Chief Executive Officer, defined in Section 1 of the Act and in terms of
Section 16(1), I will, as far as is reasonably practicable, ensure that the duties and obligations
of the Employer as contemplated in the above Act are properly discharged.
____________________________________
Date :
____________________________________
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Signature :-
Page 10 of 11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E.4E Transnet (August 2006)
ANNEXURE 4
(LETTER HEAD OF BUSINESS DIVISION OR UNIT OF TRANSNET LIMITED)
SITE ACCESS CERTIFICATE
(Area)
of
y"
Access to :
Name
Contractor/Builder :Contract/Order No.:
O
nl
The contract works site/area described above are made available to you for the carrying out
of associated works
In terms of your contract/order
with
(company
)
op
y
Kindly note that you are at all times responsible for the control and safety of the Works Site,
and for persons under your control having access to the site.
C
As from the date hereof you will be responsible for compliance with the requirements of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act 85 of 1993) as amended, and all conditions of
the Contract pertaining to the site of the works as defined and demarcated in the contract
documents including the plans of the site or work areas forming part thereof.
Date : __________________-
ew
Signed : ____________________________________
vi
_______________________
PROJECT MANAGER
re
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT
Name
Contractor/Builder :-
of
I,
"P
do hereby acknowledge and accept
the duties
and obligations in respect of the Safety of the site/area of Work in terms of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act; Act 85 of 1993.
Name : _____________________________
Signature : _________________________________
Page 11 of 11
Designation : ______________
Date :
_________
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
E7/1 (July 1998)
TRANSNET SOC LIMITED
(REGISTRATION NO.1990/000900/06)
TRADING AS
TRANSNET FREIGHT RAIL
y"
ADDENDUM NO. 1 TO THE E 7/1 (JULY 1998)
Clause 13
O
nl
SPECIFICATION FOR WORKS ON, OVER, UNDER OR ADJACENT TO RAILWAY LINES AND NEAR
HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT.
Blasting.
Clause 17
y
Delete this clause in its entirety
General.
op
Sub-clause 17.1
Include the words "on request only" after the word "contract" in the fourth line.
Blasting.
C
Clause 27
"P
re
vi
ew
Delete this clause in its entirety
E7/1 (July 1998)
y
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
op
TRANSNET LIMITED
C
(REGISTRATION NO.1990/000900/06)
ew
E7/1 (July 1998)
"P
re
vi
SPECIFICATION FOR WORKS ON, OVER, UNDER OR ADJACENT TO RAILWAY LINES AND NEAR
HIGH VOLTAGE EQUIPMENT
(This Specification shall be used in Transnet Contracts)
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
2
E7/1(July 1998)
CONTENTS
CLAUSE
DESCRIPTION
1.
DEFINITIONS
PAGE NO'S
3
PART A - GENERAL SPECIFICATION
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
6
6
6
6
7
7
7
y"
nl
O
Authority of officers of Transnet
Contractor's representatives
Occupations and work permits
Speed restrictions and protection
Roads on Transnet property
Clearances
Stacking of material
Excavation, shoring, dewatering and drainage
Falsework for structures
Piling
Underground services
Blasting
Rail trolleys
Signal track circuits
Penalty for delays to trains
y
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
op
PART B - ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATION FOR WORK NEAR HIGH-VOLTAGE
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
General
Work on buildings of fixed structures
Work done on or outside of rolling stock, including loading and unloading
Use of equipment
Carrying and handling material and equipment
Precautions to be taken when erecting or removing
poles, antennae and trees
Use of water
Use of construction plant
Work performed under dead conditions under cover
of a work permit
Traction return circuits in rails
Blasting
High-voltage electrical equipment not maintained
and/or operated by Transnet
ew
C
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
re
26.
27.
28.
vi
23.
24.
25.
ANNEXES
Horizontal clearances 1 065 mm gauge
Vertical clearances 1 065 mm gauge
Clearances 610 mm gauge
Platform clearances
"P
1.
2.
3.
4.
8
8
8
9
9
10
10
10
10
11
11
11
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
1
3
E7/1(July 1998)
DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall apply :
Authorised Person. A person whether an employee of Transnet or not, who has been specially
authorised to undertake specific duties in terms of Transnet Freight Rail's publication SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS: HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, and who holds a certificate or
letter of authority to that effect.
Barrier. Any device designed to restrict access to "live" high-voltage electrical equipment.
y"
Bond. A short conductor installed to provide electrical continuity.
Contractor. Any person or organisation appointed by Transnet to carry out work on its behalf.
nl
Dead. Isolated and earthed.
O
Electrical Officer (Contracts). The person appointed in writing by the responsible Electrical
Engineer in Transnet as the person who shall be consulted by the Contractor in all electrical
matters to ensure that adequate safety precautions are taken by the Contractor.
y
Executive Officer. The person appointed by Transnet from time to time as the Executive Officer to
act according to the rights and powers held by and obligations placed upon him in terms of the
Contract.
High-Voltage. A voltage normally exceeding 1 000 volts.
op
Live. A conductor is said to be "live" when it is at a potential different from that of the earth or any
other conductor of the system of which it forms a part.
C
Near. To be in such a position that a person's body or the tools he is using or any equipment he is
handling may come within 3 metres of live exposed high-voltage electrical equipment.
Occupation. An authorisation granted by Transnet for work to be carried out under specified
conditions on, over under or adjacent to railway lines.
ew
Occupation Between Trains. An occupation during an interval between successive trains.
Project Manager. The person or juristic person appointed by Transnet from time to time as the
Project Manager, to administer the Contract according to the powers and rights held by and
obligations placed upon him in terms of the Contract.
vi
Responsible Representative. The responsible person in charge, appointed by a contractor, who
has undergone specific training (and holds a certificate) to supervise staff under his control to work
on, over, under or adjacent to railway lines and in the vicinity of high-voltage electrical equipment.
re
Supervisor. The person or juristic person appointed by Transnet from time to time as the
Supervisor, to administer the Contractor's performance and execution of the Works according to
the powers and rights held by and obligations placed upon the Supervisor in terms of the Contract.
"P
Total Occupation. An occupation for a period when trains are not to traverse the section of line
covered by the occupation.
Work on. Work undertaken on or so close to the equipment that the specified working clearances
to the live equipment cannot be maintained.
Work Permit. A combined written application and authority to proceed with work on or near dead
electrical equipment.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
4
E7/1(July 1998)
PART A - GENERAL SPECIFICATION
AUTHORITY OF OFFICERS OF TRANSNET
2.1
The Contractor shall co-operate with the officers of Transnet and shall comply with all instructions
issued and restrictions imposed with respect to the Works which bear on the existence and
operation of Transnet's railway lines and high-voltage equipment.
2.2
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of 2.1, any duly authorised representative of
Transnet, having identified himself, may stop the work if, in his opinion, the safe passage of trains
or the safety of Transnet assets or any person is affected. CONSIDERATIONS OF SAFETY
SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER ALL OTHER CONSIDERATIONS.
3.
CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVES
3.1
The Contractor shall nominate Responsible Representatives of whom at least one shall be
available at any hour for call-out in cases of emergency. The Contractor shall provide the
Supervisor with the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the representatives.
3.2
The Contractor guarantees that he has satisfied himself that the Responsible Representative is
fully conversant with this specification and that he shall comply with all his obligations in respect
thereof.
4.
OCCUPATIONS AND WORK PERMITS
4.1
Work to be done during total occupation or during an occupation between trains or under a work
permit shall be done in a manner decided by the Supervisor and at times to suit Transnet
requirements.
4.2
The Contractor shall organise the Works in a manner, which will minimise the number and duration
of occupations and work permits required.
4.3
Transnet will not be liable for any financial or other loss suffered by the Contractor arising from his
failure to complete any work scheduled during the period of an occupation or work permit.
4.4
The Contractor shall submit to the Supervisor, in writing, requests for occupations or work permits
together with details of the work to be undertaken, at least 14 days before they are required.
Transnet does not undertake to grant an occupation or work permit for any particular date, time or
duration.
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
vi
Transnet reserves the right to cancel any occupation or work permit at any time before or during
the period of occupation or work permit. If, due to cancellation or change in date or time, the
Contractor is not permitted to start work under conditions of total occupation or work permit at the
time arranged, all costs caused by the cancellation shall be born by the Contractor except as
provided for in clauses 4.6 to 4.8.
re
4.5
y"
2.
When the Contractor is notified less than 2 hours before the scheduled starting time that the
occupation or work permit is cancelled, he may claim reimbursement of his direct financial losses
caused by the loss of working time up to the time his labour and plant are employed on other work,
but not exceeding the period of the cancelled occupation or work permit.
4.7
When the Contractor is notified less than 2 hours before the schedule starting time, or during an
occupation or work permit, that the duration of the occupation or work permit is reduced, he may
claim reimbursement of his direct financial losses caused by the loss of working time due to the
reduced duration of the occupation or work permit.
4.8
Reimbursement the Contractor for any loss of working time in terms of 4.6 and 4.7, shall be subject
to his claims being submitted within 14 days of the event with full details of labour and plant
involved, and provided that the Supervisor certifies that no other work on which the labour and
"P
4.6
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
5
E7/1(July 1998)
plant could be employed was immediately available.
Before starting any work for which an occupation has been arranged, the Contractor shall obtain
from the Supervisor written confirmation of the date, time and duration of the occupation.
4.10
Before starting any work for which a work permit has been arranged, the Responsible
Representative shall read and sign portion C of form No. T.1276 signifying that he is aware of the
limits within which work may be undertaken. After the work for which the permit was granted has
been completed, or when the work permit is due to be terminated, or if the permit is cancelled after
the start, the same person who signed portion C shall sign portion D of the T.1276 form, thereby
acknowledging that he is aware that the electrical equipment is to be made "live". The Contractor
shall advise all his workmen accordingly.
5.
SPEED RESTRICTIONS AND PROTECTION
5.1
When speed restrictions are imposed by Transnet because of the Contractor's activities, the
Contractor shall organise and carry out his work so as to permit the removal of the restrictions as
soon as possible.
5.2
When the Supervisor considers protection to be necessary the Contractor shall, unless otherwise
agreed, provide all protection including flagmen, other personnel and all equipment for the
protection of Transnet's and the Contractor's personnel and assets, the public and including trains.
Transnet will provide training free of charge of the Contractor's flagmen and other personnel
performing protection duties. The Contractor shall consult with the Supervisor, whenever he
considers that protection will be necessary, taking into account the minimum permissible
clearances set out in appendixes 1 to 4.
5.3
The Contractor shall appoint a Responsible Representative to receive and transmit any instruction,
which may be given by Transnet personnel providing protection.
6.
ROADS ON TRANSNET PROPERTY
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
4.9
ew
The provision of clause 25 of the E.5, General Conditions of Contract, or clause 23 of the E.5
(MW), General Conditions of Contract for Maintenance Works, shall apply to the use of existing
roads on Transnet's property.
CLEARANCES
7.1
No temporary works shall encroach on the appropriate minimum clearances set out in Annexure 1
BE97-01 Sheets 1,2, 3 and 5 of 5.
STACKING OF MATERIAL
re
8.
vi
7.
The Contractor shall not stack any material closer than 3 m from the centre line of any railway line
without prior approval of the Supervisor.
9.
EXCAVATION, SHORING, DEWATERING AND DRAINAGE
9.1
Unless otherwise approved by the Supervisor any excavation adjacent to a railway line shall not
encroach on the hatched area shown in Figure 1.
9.2
The Contractor shall provide at his own cost any shoring, dewatering or drainage of any excavation
unless otherwise stipulated elsewhere in the Contract.
"P
8.1
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
6
E7/1(July 1998)
Where required by the Supervisor, drawings of shoring for any excavation under or adjacent to a
railway line shall be submitted and permission to proceed obtained, before the excavation is
commenced.
9.4
The Contractor shall prevent ingress of water to the excavation but where water does enter, he
shall dispose of it as directed by the Supervisor.
9.5
The Contractor shall not block, obstruct or damage any existing drains either above or below
ground level unless he has made adequate prior arrangements to deal with drainage.
10.
FALSEWORK FOR STRUCTURES
10.1
Drawings of falsework for the construction of any structure over, under or adjacent to any railway
line shall be submitted to the Supervisor and his permission to proceed obtained before the
falsework is erected. Each drawing shall be given a title and a distinguishing number and shall be
signed by a registered professional engineer certifying that he has checked the design of the
falsework and that the drawings are correct and in accordance with the design.
10.2
After the falsework has been erected and before any load is applied, the Contractor shall submit to
the Supervisor a certificate signed by a registered professional engineer certifying that he has
checked the falsework and that it has been erected in accordance with the drawings. Titles and
numbers of the drawings shall be stated in the certificate. Notwithstanding permission given by the
Supervisor to proceed, the Contractor shall be entirely responsible for the safety and adequacy of
the falsework.
11.
PILING
11.1
The Supervisor will specify the conditions under which piles may be installed on Transnet property.
12.
UNDERGROUND SERVICES
12.1
No pegs or stakes shall be driven or any excavation made before the Contractor has established
that there are no underground services, which may be damaged thereby.
12.2
Any damage shall be reported immediately to the Supervisor, or to the official in charge at the
nearest station, or to the traffic controller in the case of centralised traffic control.
13.
BLASTING
C
ew
vi
The provisions of clause 23 of the E.5, General Conditions of Contract or clause 21 of the E.5
(MW), General Conditions of Contract for Maintenance Work, shall apply to all blasting operations
undertaken in terms of the Contract.
re
13.1
op
y
O
nl
y"
9.3
The Contractor shall provide proof that he has complied with the provisions of clauses 10.17.1 to
10.17.4 of the Explosives Regulations (Act 26 of 1956 as amended).
"P
13.2
13.3
Blasting within 500m of a railway line will only be permitted during intervals between trains. A
person appointed by the Supervisor, assisted by flagmen with the necessary protective equipment,
will be in communication with the controlling railway station.
Only this person will be authorised to give the Contractor permission to blast, and the Contractor
shall obey his instructions implicitly regarding the time during which blasting may take place.
13.4
The flagmen described in 13.3, where provided by Transnet, are for the protection of trains and
Transnet property only, and their presence does not relieve the Contractor in any manner of his
responsibilities in terms of Explosives Act or Regulations, or any obligation in terms of this
Contract.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
13.5
7
E7/1(July 1998)
The person described in 13.3 will record in a book provided and retained by Transnet the dates and
times (i)
when each request is made by him to the controlling station for permission to blast;
(ii)
when blasting may take place;
(iii)
when blasting actually takes place; and
(iv)
when he advises the controlling station that the line is safe for the passage of trains.
Before each blast the Contractor shall record in the same book, the details of the blast to be
carried out. The person appointed by the Supervisor and the person who will do the blasting
shall both sign the book whenever an entry described in 13.5 is made.
13.7
The terms of clause 27 hereof shall be strictly adhered to.
14.
RAIL TROLLEYS
14.1
The use of rail trolleys or trestle trolleys on a railway line for working on high voltage equipment
will be permitted only if approved by the Supervisor and under the conditions stipulated by him.
14.2
All costs in connection with such trolley working requested by the Contractor shall, unless
otherwise agreed, be borne by the Contractor, excluding the costs of any train protection
services normally provided free of charge by Transnet.
15.
SIGNAL TRACK CIRCUITS
15.1
Where signal track circuits are installed, the Contractor shall ensure that no material capable of
conducting an electrical current makes contact between rails of a railway line/lines.
15.2
No signal connections on track-circuited tracks shall be severed without the Supervisor's
knowledge and consent.
16.
PENALTY FOR DELAYS TO TRAINS
16.1
If any trains are delayed by the Contractor and the Supervisor is satisfied that the delay was
avoidable, a penalty will be imposed on the Contractor of R5 000 per hour or part thereof for the
period of delay, irrespective of the number of trains delayed.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
13.6
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
8
PART B - ADDITIONAL
ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
E7/1(July 1998)
SPECIFICATION
FOR
WORK
NEAR
HIGH-VOLTAGE
GENERAL
17.1
This specification is based on the contents of Transnet Freight Rail's publication SAFETY
INSTRUCTIONS, HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, as amended, a copy of which
will be made available on loan to the Contractor for the duration of the contract. These
instructions apply to all work near live high-voltage equipment maintained and/or operated by
Transnet, and the onus rests on the Contractor to ensure that he obtains a copy.
17.2
The Contractor's attention is drawn in particular to the contents of Part I, Sections 1 and 2 of the
Safety Instructions : High-Voltage Electrical Equipment.
17.3
The Safety Instructions : High-Voltage Electrical Equipment cover the minimum safety
precautions which must be taken to ensure safe working on or near high-voltage electrical
equipment, and must be observed at all times. Should additional safety measures be
considered necessary because of peculiar local conditions, these may be ordered by and at the
discretion of the Electrical Officer (Contracts).
17.4
This specification must be read in conjunction with and not in lieu of the Safety Instructions :
High-Voltage Electrical Equipment.
17.5
The Contractor shall obtain the approval of the Electrical Officer (Contracts) before any work is
done which causes or could cause any portion of a person's body or the tools he is using or any
equipment he is handling, to come within 3 metres of any live high-voltage equipment.
17.6
The Contractor shall regard all high-voltage equipment as live unless a work permit is in force.
17.7
Safety precautions taken or barriers erected shall comply with the requirements of the Electrical
Officer (Contracts), and shall be approved by him before the work to be protected is undertaken
by the Contractor. The Contractor shall, unless otherwise agreed, bear the cost of the provision
of the barriers and other safety precautions required, including the attendance of Transnet staff
where this is necessary.
17.8
No barrier shall be removed unless authorised by the Electrical Officer (Contracts).
18.
WORK ON BUILDINGS OR FIXED STRUCTURES
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
17.
re
vi
Before any work is carried out or measurements are taken on any part of a building, fixed
structure or earthworks of any kind above ground level situated within 3 metres of live highvoltage equipment, the Electrical Officer (Contracts) shall be consulted to ascertain the
conditions under which the work may be carried out.
"P
18.2
No barrier erected to comply with the requirements of the Electrical Officer (Contracts) shall be
used as temporary staging or shuttering for any part of the Works.
18.3
The shuttering for bridge piers, abutments, retaining walls or parapets adjacent to or over any
track may be permitted to serve as a barrier, provided that it extends at least 2,5 metres above
any working level in the case of piers, abutments and retaining walls and 1,5 metres above any
working level in the case of parapets.
19.
WORK DONE ON OR OUTSIDE OF ROLLING STOCK, INCLUDING LOADING OR
UNLOADING
19.1
No person shall stand, climb or work whilst on any platform, surface or foothold higher than the
normal unrestricted places of access, namely (i) the floor level of trucks;
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
(ii)
9
E7/1(July 1998)
external walkways on diesel, steam and electric locomotives, steam heat vans, etc. and
(iii) walkways between coaches and locomotives.
When in these positions, no person may raise his hands or any equipment or material he is
handling above his head.
In cases where the Contractor operates his own rail mounted equipment, he shall arrange for
the walkways on this plant to be inspected by the Electrical Officer (Contracts) and approved,
before commencement of work.
19.3
The handling of long lengths of material such as metal pipes, reinforcing bars, etc should be
avoided, but if essential they shall be handled as nearly as possible in a horizontal position
below head height.
19.4
The Responsible Representative shall warn all persons under his control of the danger of being
near live high-voltage equipment, and shall ensure that the warning is fully understood.
19.5
Where the conditions in 19.1 to 19.3 cannot be observed the Electrical Officer (Contracts), shall
be notified. He will arrange for suitable Safety measures to be taken. The Electrical Officer
(Contracts), may in his discretion and in appropriate circumstances, arrange for a suitable
employee of the Contractor to be specially trained by Transnet Freight Rail and at its costs, as
an Authorised Person to work closer than 3 metres from live overhead conductors and under
such conditions as may be imposed by the Senior responsible Electrical Engineer in Transnet.
20.
USE OF EQUIPMENT
20.1
Measuring Tapes and Devices
20.1.1
Measuring tapes may be used near live high-voltage equipment provided that no part of any
tape or a person's body comes within 3 metres of the live equipment.
20.1.2
In windy conditions the distance shall be increased to ensure that if the tape should fall it will not
be blown nearer than 3 metres from the live high-voltage equipment.
20.1.3
Special measuring devices longer than 2 metres such as survey staves and rods may be used if
these are of non-conducting material and approved by the responsible Electrical Engineer in
Transnet, but these devices must not be used within 3 metres of live high-voltage equipment in
rainy or wet conditions.
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
19.2
The assistance of the Electrical Officer (Contracts) shall be requested when measurements
within the limits defined in 20.1.1 to 20.1.3 are required.
re
20.1.4
"P
20.1.5
The restrictions described in 20.1.1 to 20.1.3 do not apply on a bridge deck between permanent
parapets nor in other situations where a barrier effectively prevents contact with the live highvoltage equipment.
20.2
Portable Ladders
20.2.1
Any type of portable ladder longer then 2 metres may only be used near live high-voltage
equipment under the direct supervision of the Responsible Representative. He shall ensure that
the ladder is always used in such a manner that the distance from the base of the ladder to any
live high-voltage equipment is greater than the fully extended length of the ladder plus 3 metres.
Where these conditions cannot be observed, the Electrical Officer (Contracts) shall be advised,
and he will arrange for suitable safety measures to be taken.
21.
CARRYING AND HANDLING MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
21.1
Pipes, scaffolding, iron sheets, reinforcing bars and other material, which exceeds 2 metres in
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
10
E7/1(July 1998)
length, shall be carried completely below head height near live high-voltage equipment. For
maximum safety two or more persons so as to maintain it as nearly as possible in a horizontal
position should carry such material. The utmost care must be take to ensure that no part of the
material comes within 3 metres of any live high-voltage equipment.
Long lengths of wire or cable shall never be run out in conditions where a part of a wire or cable
can come within 3 metres of any live high-voltage equipment unless the Electrical Officer
(Contracts) has been advised and has approved appropriate safety precautions.
21.3
The presence of overhead power lines shall always be taken account of especially when
communications lines or cables or aerial cables, stay wires, etc. are being erected above
ground level.
22.
PRECAUTIONS TO BE TAKEN WHEN ERECTING OR REMOVING POLES, ANTENNAE,
TREES ETC.
22.1
A pole may be handled for the purpose of erection or removal near high-voltage equipment
under the following conditions:
O
nl
y"
21.2
If the distance between the point at which the pole is to be erected or removed and the
nearest live high-voltage equipment is more than the length of the pole plus 3 metres, the
work shall be supervised by the Responsible Representative.
(ii)
If the distance described in (i) is less than the length of the pole plus 3 metres, the
Electrical Officer (Contracts) shall be consulted to arrange for an Authorised Person to
supervise the work and to ensure that the pole is earthed where possible. The pole shall
be kept in contact with the point of erection, and adequate precautions shall be taken to
prevent contact with live high-voltage equipment.
op
y
(i)
The cost of supervision by an Authorised Person and the provision of earthing shall, unless
otherwise agreed, be borne by the Contractor.
22.3
The provisions of clauses 22.1 and 22.2 shall also apply to the erection or removal of columns,
antennae, trees, posts, etc.
23.
USE OF WATER
23.1
No water shall be used in the form of a jet if it can make contact with any live high-voltage
equipment or with any person working on such equipment.
ew
USE OF CONSTRUCTION PLANT
"Construction plant" entails all types of plant including cranes, piling frames, boring machines,
excavators, draglines, dewatering equipment and road vehicles with or without lifting equipment.
re
24.1
vi
24.
C
22.2
"P
24.2
When work is being undertaken in such a position that it is possible for construction plant or its
load to come within 3 metres of live high-voltage equipment, the Electrical Officer (Contracts)
shall be consulted. He will arrange for an Authorised Person to supervise the work and to
ensure that the plant is adequately earthed. The Electrical Officer (Contracts) will decide
whether further safety measures are necessary.
24.3
The cost of any supervision by an Authorised Person and the provision of earthing shall, unless
otherwise agreed, be borne by the Contractor.
24.4
When loads are handled by cranes, non-metallic rope hand lines shall be used, affixed to such
loads so as to prevent their swinging and coming within 3 metres of live high-voltage equipment.
24.5
Clauses 24.1 to 24.4 shall apply mutatis mutandis to the use of maintenance machines of any
nature.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
11
E7/1(July 1998)
25.
WORK PERFORMED UNDER DEAD CONDITIONS UNDER COVER OF A WORK PERMIT
25.1
If the Responsible Representative finds that the work cannot be done in safety with the highvoltage electrical equipment live, he shall consult the Electrical Officer (Contracts) who will
decide on the action to be taken.
25.2
If a work permit is issued the Responsible Representative shall before commencement of work ensure that the limits within which work may be carried out
have been explained to him by the Authorised Person who issued the permit to him, and
that he fully understands these limits.
(ii)
sign portion C of the permit before commencement of work;
nl
y"
(i)
O
(iii) explain to all persons under his control the limits within which work may be carried out, and
ensure that they fully understand these limits;
(iv) care for the safety of all persons under his control whilst work is in progress; and
withdraw all personnel under his control from the equipment on completion of the work
before he signs portion D of the work permit.
y
(v)
TRACTION RETURN CIRCUITS IN RAILS
26.1
DANGEROUS CONDITIONS CAN BE CREATED BY REMOVING OR SEVERING ANY
BOND.
26.2
Broken rails with an air gap between the ends, and joints, at which fishplates are removed
under "broken bond" conditions, are potentially lethal. The rails on either side of an air gap
between rail ends on electrified lines shall not be touched simultaneously until rendered safe by
Transnet personnel.
26.3
The Contractor shall not break any permanent bonds between rails or between rails and any
structure. He shall give the Supervisor at least 7 days written notice when removal of such
bonds is necessary.
26.4
No work on the track which involves interference with the traction return rail circuit either by
cutting or removing the rails, or by removal of bonds shall be done unless the Electrical Officer
(Contracts) is consulted. He will take such precautions as may be necessary to ensure
continuity of the return circuit before permitting the work to be commenced.
vi
BLASTING
re
27.
ew
C
op
26.
"P
27.1
The Contractor shall obtain the permission of the Electrical Officer (Contracts) before blasting,
and shall give at least 14 days notice of his intention to blast.
27.2
No blasting shall be done in the vicinity of electrified lines unless a member of Transnet's
electrical personnel is present.
27.3
The terms of clause 13 hereof shall be strictly adhered to.
28.
HIGH-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT NOT MAINTAINED AND/OR OPERATED BY
TRANSNET
Where the work is undertaken on or near high-voltage electrical equipment which is not
maintained and/or operated by Transnet, the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of
1993, and Regulations and Instructions, or the Mines Health and Safety Act (Act 29 of 1996),
shall apply.
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
12
E7/1(July 1998)
Such equipment includes: (i)
Eskom and municipal equipment;
(ii)
the Contractor's own power supplies; and
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
(iii) electrical equipment being installed but not yet taken over from the Contractor.
13
E7/1(July 1998)
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
14
E7/1(July 1998)
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
15
E7/1(July 1998)
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
16
E7/1(July 1998)
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
PART C4
SITE INFORMATION
Description
C4.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXISTING SITES
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
Section
y"
CONTENTS
Contract
Part C4: Site Information
Page 1 of 2
C4
Transnet Freight Rail
A division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Part C4
Section 1
SITE INFORMATION
C.4.1
DESCRIPTION OF THE EXISTING SITES
C.4.1.1
For the existing yard layout and plant arrangement please refer to drawings no.:
y"
BBC0665 version 1 – South Portal substation
BBC0668 version 1 – Nottingham Road substation.
BBC0964 version 1 – Elandslaagte substation
BBC0968 version 1 – Wasbank substation
O
BBB8365 version 1 – Danskraal substation
nl
BBC0666 version 1 – Quail substation
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
BBC0673 version 1 – Glencoe substation
Contract
Part C4: Site Information
Page 2 of 2
C4
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Part C4: Site Information
Contract
Part C4: Site Information
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Part T1.2: Tender Data
Part T1
Tendering procedures
T1.2
Tender Data
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Ltd
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Part T1
Tendering Procedures
Part T1
Tendering procedures
Transnet Freight Rail
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
nl
y"
A Division of Transnet Limited
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Part T2: Returnable documents
Part T2
Returnable Documents
y"
nl
O
y
op
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Transnet Procedure Manual
Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability
Principal Controlled Insurance
2010 /2011
TRANSNET LIMITED
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
2010/2011
LindequeJ
[Pick the date]
As at 1 April 2010
Index
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................. 3
y"
INSURANCE RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................. 5
SUMMARY OF COVER - GENERAL.............................................................................................. 8
nl
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACT WORKS INSURANCE..................................................... 12
O
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACTORS PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE............................ 18
y
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS ..................................................................................................... 23
op
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................ 26
C
CLAIMS PROCEDURE................................................................................................................. 28
AON SOUTH AFRICA - PERSONNEL ......................................................................................... 32
ew
ANNEXURE 1 ............................................................................................................................... 33
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance Programme Contract Award
Declaration (Part A) and Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
re
vi
ANNEXURE 2 ............................................................................................................................... 34
Incident Advice Form
"P
ANNEXURE 3 ............................................................................................................................... 35
Annual Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability / Lateral Support Policy Wording
ANNEXURE 4 ............................................................................................................................... 36
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Introduction
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-2-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Introduction
nl
y"
TRANSNET LIMITED insure all Projects / Contracts on a Principal Controlled Insurance Programme basis
(including the Assembly and/or Erection of Plant and Machinery) in respect of Contract Works and
Contractors Public Liability.
O
Philosophy of the programme
y
Transnet Limited and its Operating Divisions and Specialist Units wish to control the risk exposures in
this regard.
Transnet Limited, as a large organization, bulk-buys - resulting in preferential rates and cover.
op
Simplified administration.
Eliminates potential problems which usually occur when individual Contractors are responsible to
arrange separate insurance.
It is therefore important that Tender and eventual Contract documents
reflect the fact that Transnet as the Principal (i.e. the Employer) arranges
certain covers which incorporates cover on behalf of Contractor’s
and / or Subcontractor’s.
The concept does not relieve the contracting parties of their
responsibilities for, amongst others, care of the works and liabilities to
third parties
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Includes the Contractor and/or Subcontractors as an insured party.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-3-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Insurance Responsibilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-4-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Insurance Responsibilities
Insurance Cover Applicable To All Contracts
Contract Works Cover
Covering fortuitous physical loss or damage to the
works, temporary works and materials for incorporation
into the works whilst in transit and whilst at the contract
site.
O
1.1.1
nl
1.1
y"
1. Cover arranged by Transnet as the Principal (Employer)
Limited to R100,000,000 any one contract. (Inclusive
of VAT)
Covering legal liability arising out of or connection with
the performance of the works on the contract site or
sites designated by the Principal for purposes of the
performance of the contract.
y
Contractors Public
Liability Cover
op
1.1.2
Limited to R10,000,000 any one occurrence.
Riot / Strike Cover
(Contract Works)
Provided by:
C
1.1.3
NASRIA
(Namibian
Special
Risks
Insurance
Association) in respect of risks within Namibia.
Additional Insurances (Optional)
vi
1.2
ew
SASRIA (South African Special Risks Insurance
Association) in respect of risks with RSA.
Marine Transit Cover
Covering imports until delivered and checked on site.
1.2.2
Project Delay Cover
Covering consequential financial exposures due to
delays following indemnifiable loss or damage to the
works.
"P
re
1.2.1
1.2.3
Removal of Lateral
Support
Covering legal liability incurred in respect removal of or
weakening of or interference with support to land or
property or buildings adjacent to, on or in the vicinity of
the Contract site.
Limit of indemnity R25,000,000 any one occurrence.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-5-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
The above information (including limits of insurance purchased) should
be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract documentation
including the deductible (excess) which are applicable and the fact that
Contractor’s and/or Subcontractor’s are responsible for the deductible.
y"
nl
2. Cover to be arranged by Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s
O
All Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s still remain fully responsible to arrange insurance in respect of the
following:
As prescribed by the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993
as amended.
y
Employers Common Law Liability.
op
Own plant, machinery, equipment and tools.
Motor Vehicles Liability.
This should also be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract
documentation.
ew
C
Professional Indemnity (Defective Design).
3. Cover to be arranged by Consulting Engineers, Architects & Other
Professionals
vi
Professional Indemnity (defects in Design, Plan or Specification).
"P
re
Please ensure that Professional Service Providers do not contract out of their liability in this regard.
(Please refer to Transnet Group Insurance for recommendation and approved limits).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-6-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
General
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-7-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
y"
The Insured Parties
Transnet Limited and / or its Affiliated / Subsidiary / Associated Companies as Principal or Employer.
nl
All Contractor’s undertaking work for or on behalf of the Principal in execution of the Contract.
All Subcontractor’s employed by the Contractor and all other Subcontractor’s (whether nominated or
otherwise) engaged in the fulfillment of the Contractor.
y
O
To the extent required by any Contract or Agreement suppliers manufacturers vendors or other
persons engaged on the contract sites but only to the extent of loss damage or liability originating at
the Contract Site (other than while the Property Insured is in transit) arising out of the performance of
their Contract Site obligations.
Contract Works – as detailed herein.
op
Cover
Insured Contracts
C
Contractors Public Liability – as detailed herein.
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)any one contract.
ew
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
vi
Excluded Contracts
Where the contract value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
re
Where the contracted duration of the contract exceeds 36 months.
Where contracted Defects Liability / Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
"P
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, shaft sinking, underground work,
quarrying, alterations to water courses being River Diversions or Coffer Dams.
Contracts outside of the territorial limits.
*
NOTE
Harbor Wet Risks defined as:“Harbor Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether partially or fully
submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, seawalls, caissons, breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening
widening and dredging of ports and other off shore risks”
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-8-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Contracts involving construction and erection of Petrochemical Plant(s) but this exclusion is limited
to contracts involving Petrochemical Manufacturing Plant such as Sasol and the like
On an existing airport runway or airstrip or in or on any aircraft.
nl
Contract Site
O
Any location upon which the Insured Contract(s) is to be executed or carried out as more fully defined in the
Insured Contract(s) documents together with so much of the surrounding area as may be designated for the
performance of the Insured Contract(s).
y
Territorial Limits
op
The Republic of South Africa and to the extent permitted by the applicable Insurance Acts the territories of
Lesotho, Namibia, Swaziland, Botswana, Zimbabwe and Mozambique.
C
N.B.
In terms of local legislation enacted in some of the above territories it is required that insurance cover be
placed within their local markets. It is therefore important that the Broker be advised timeously (prior to
Tender documents being issued) should any contracts, whether as Principal or Contractor, take place in any
of the above territories.
ew
If Contracts are to take place in any territories not listed above, the Broker also needs to be advised of same
at feasibility stage.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
vi
Unsealed / Unprimed Base Course
re
Unsealed / unprimed base course – cover limited to a maximum of 5,000 metres.
Open Trench
"P
Open trench – cover limited to a maximum indemnity of 5,000 metres.
It is essential that the above limitations are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical,
specific arrangements for cover can be made with Underwriters.
They will, however, require detailed underwriting information and
an additional premium may be charged.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-9-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Laid Pipes
Pipes with a diameter not exceeding 500mm, and all pipes intended for the transportation of
Petroleum Products or Fuel Gasses irrespective of diameter, are to be end capped on the termination
of each days work to avoid ingress of mud silt water debris detritus and the like.
If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
nl
NB
y"
Pipes with a diameter exceeding 500mm are to be capped on the termination of each days work with
steel mesh to allow ingress of water to avoid floatation but avoiding ingress of large debris or detritus.
O
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
C
op
y
-
It is essential that the above Warranties are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s.
re
vi
ew
NB If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
Used Plant – Basis of Loss Settlement
"P
Insured property which has operated under service conditions prior to attachment of cover:Up to 5 years
– cost of repair / reinstatement / replacement.
In excess of 5 years
- agreed value (calculated on basis of each life year (or part thereof) on
present day New Replacement Value reduced proportionally over 20 years
subject to residual of 20%).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 10 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Claims Reporting
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances,
HAVE TO BE reported to the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period.
O
nl
Failing this, all benefits in terms of the Policy shall be voidable from date of
occurrence.
It is essential that the above Condition is brought to the attention
of Contractors in Tender / Contract Documents.
ew
C
op
y
All claims must be registered in terms of requirements applicable to Risk Console
unique claim number condition.
Rating Structure
The rates include both Contract Works and Contractors Public Liability cover per current policy limits,
terms and conditions.
"P
re
vi
Minimum premium requirement are:-
Track Re-profiling
R8,000
Burning of Fire Breaks
R8,000
Chemical Vegetation Control
R4,000
Vegetation Rehabillitation
R4,000
Ballast Tamping
R4,000
Geotechnical & Exploratory
R4,000
All Other
R6,000
SASRIA
R 500
(Above are inclusive of VAT)
To extend the contract period beyond 36 months will attract an additional premium.
(See Administrative Procedures herein).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 11 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contract Works Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 12 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
1. Contract Works Insurance
Synopsis of Cover
nl
Fortuitous Physical loss of or damage:
During dismantling of property in connection with the Insured Contracts.
O
Whilst in transit, including loading and unloading, or whilst temporarily stored at any premises en route
to or from The Contract Site within the Territorial Limits;
y
During the preparation of The Contract Site and thereafter until the Property Insured has been officially
accepted by the Employer and becomes his responsibility by means of a Notice of Completion
Certificate or similar evidence of legal transfer of risk in the whole or permanent works under the
Insured Contract to the Employer;
op
Where testing and commissioning of Property Insured is conducted by the Employer “completion” for
purposes of this insurance to occur only after successful completion of all testing and commissioning
of the whole of the permanent works under the Insured Contract;
C
Where the permanent property insurance arranged by the Employer indemnify the Insured for
completed portions of the Property Insured prior to completion of the whole of the permanent works
under the Insured Contract, this insurance in respect of such completed portions of the Property
Insured shall cease except as provided below;
ew
Work uncompleted or outstanding in terms of any certificate of completion, certificate of handover or
similar document shall continue to be insured until its completion and the inception of the Contractual
Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured Contract) for such
uncompleted or outstanding work where after the provisions of (g) below shall apply in respect of such
work;
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
arising from any act or omission of the Insured their Servants, Agents, Suppliers or
Subcontractors in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations.
re
ii)
arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
vi
i)
"P
for which the Insured Contractor is responsible under the Contract.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 13 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
36 months
Maximum Defects Liability / Maintenance Period
12 Months
O
nl
Maximum Contract period
y"
Contract Period Limitation
y
Limits of indemnity
Contract Works (Any One Contract)
R100,000,000
R10,000,000
Surrounding Property
R10,000,000
Removal to Gain Access
Debris Removal
ew
Documentation
R50,000,000
C
Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Surrounding Property – Watercraft
op
Work done on Marine vessels
R10,000,000
R1,000,000
R100,000
R2,500,000
Claims Preparation Costs
R500,000
Maximum testing / commissioning period
60 days
5,000 metres
Maximum open trench limitation
5,000 metres
"P
re
vi
Maximum un-sealed / un-primed base course limitation
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 14 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Deductibles
nl
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
y"
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
O
Loss or damage arising out of major perils (where the term shall include storm, rain, tempest,
wind, flood, theft and / or malicious damage, subsidence,
collapse, earthquake, testing, commissioning
R 25,000
R 15,000
y
Loss or damage arising from any other cause
R 25,000
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property
op
Removal of Debris
R 25,000
R 75,000
Loss or damage to Documentation
R 5,000
"P
re
vi
ew
Road Reserve / Servitude
C
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 15 -
R250,000
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
All Contracts Entailing Trenching and / or Layer Works
y"
Following additional Deductibles apply over and above the aforestated deductibles: - i.e. in excess of 1,000
metres
20% of loss / minimum R50,000
Up to a maximum of 5,000metres
20% of loss / minimum R100,000
O
It is essential that this is brought to the attention of Contractor’s.
Where this restriction is not practical, specific arrangements for
cover can be made with underwriters. They will, however, require
detailed underwriting information and an additional premium may
be charged.
op
y
nl
Up to a maximum of 3,000metres
C
Property Insured
The actual Contract Works and all material intended for incorporation into the Works (including Free Issue
Material* the value of which has to be included in the Contract Value declared) and Temporary Works.
ew
N.B.
vi
Temporary works does not include mobile plant, constructional aids, equipment, structures or
works (not being part of the permanent works) which are not intended to be removed from the
Contract Site on completion of the Contract (other than scaffolding shuttering and formwork as well
as construction equipment specifically designed and/or constructed for the Insured Contract and
which is not intended for immediate re-use on another contract) or have no residual value at
completion of the Contract (other than scrap value), solely due to their specialised nature.
re
* Note: Where Transnet for the purposes of the Contract issues materials 'free of charge' to the Contractor
"P
such materials shall be and remain the property of the Transnet. Free Issue Material shall mean any material
provided by or on Transnet's behalf which is to be used in the provision of the Service or incorporated into the
Contract.
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
Loss or damage of money or the like.
Aircraft, waterborne vessels or craft.
Construction plant, tools or equipment.
Losses by disappearance / shortage discovered by taking of routine inventory.
Defective material workmanship design plan or specification (but resultant damage covered).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 16 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Cost of re-design, improvement, betterment or alteration.
Consequential loss.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Liquidated damages or penalties for delay in connection with guarantee or performance or efficiency.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 17 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Air transit (unless in territorial limits).
y"
Ocean transit or whilst in storage thereafter (unless immediately inspected by an independent party
after offloading from vessel).
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
nl
i) arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
O
ii) arising from any act or omission of the Insured his Servants or Agents, in the course of the work
carried out in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations with regard to maintenance under the
Contract.
Wear, tear, gradual deterioration rust, corrosion or oxidation and normal up-keep.
y
Electrical or mechanical breakdown or explosion to machinery or plant which has operated under load
conditions prior to commencement of the Insured Contract or which has occurred after the Testing /
Commissioning Period specified in the Policy.
op
Damage to any property insured due to ingress of mud, silt, water, debris unless pipe ends have been
sealed on termination of each days work by means of end caps as prescribed in the policy.
Damage to any unsealed / unprimed or base course in excess of limitations as stated in the policy.
C
Damage to any open trench in excess of the limitations as stated in the policy.
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
"P
re
vi
ew
Sinking (whether partial or in whole) of any watercraft arising out of or in consequence of any work
undertaken below the load line ( international load line / plimsoll line).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 18 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contractors Public Liability Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 19 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
2. Contractors Public Liability Insurance
y"
Insured Contracts
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT) any one contract.
nl
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
Legal Liability to pay as compensation for and in consequence of:
O
Synopsis of Cover
y
Accidental death of or injury to or illness or disease contracted by any person.
op
Accidental loss of / or physical damage to tangible property.
Occurring during the period of insurance and arising out of or in connection with the performance of the
Insured Contract(s).
C
First Party Property* Extension will apply to the Lateral Support policy extensions.
* Note: Coverage for the insured's personal and real property.
ew
Type Of Contract
All Contracts undertaken including:Chemical Vegetation Control
vi
Vegetation Rehabilitation
Ballast Tamping
re
Rail Track Re-profiling including the contract works
Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
N.B.
The above noted contract types attract specific differentiated rates and are insured by way of a separate
policy.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 20 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Limits Of Indemnity
R10,000,000 any one occurrence / unlimited for
the Period of Insurance
R25,000,000 unlimited for the Period of Insurance
(provided on request only
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
y"
Contractors Public Liability
Removal of Lateral Support
O
nl
Statutory Legal Defence Costs
Arrest / Assault / Defamation
Emergency Medical Expenses
Prevention of Access
Trespass / Nuisance
Claims Preparation Costs
y
Deductibles
op
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
C
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
R25,000
Spread of fire
R250,000
Spread of fire – track re-profiling
R250,000
Loss of or damage to any other property
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from removal of lateral support
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from the burning of fire breaks
R250,000
Loss of or damage arising out of vegetation control
including but not limited to the use of pesticides
and or herbicides
R250,000
"P
re
`
vi
ew
Loss of or damage to public utilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 21 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
y"
Death or injury to own employees.
Motor vehicle liabilities under legislation or as defined in Multi-lateral Motor Vehicles Accident Fund
No. 93 of 1989 as amended.
nl
Claims in connection with ownership or use of aircraft or watercraft.
Property belonging to the Insured or in his care custody and control (as defined in the Policy).
Property forming part of Contract Works.
O
Liquidated damages or penalties for delays or in respect of performance or efficiency guarantees.
Liability arising out of defects in workmanship materials design plan or specification in any part of the
Property insured.
y
Arising from or in connection with design plan or specification.
op
Gradual pollution and contamination.
Sudden unintended and unforeseen seepage, pollution or contamination including the cost of
removing, nullifying or cleaning up in respect of both ocean and harbour going watercraft outside of
dry dock.
Punitive damages.
C
After completion and handover (inclusive of the contractual Defects / Maintenance period).
Ownership hiring or leasing of any airport or airstrip.
ew
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
re
vi
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
"P
-
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
NB: Failure to thoroughly pre-plan and document the safety measures to be adopted with specific regards tp
the incidence of fires being initiated during the execution of the work will invalidate indemnity provided in
respect of fire arising out of track re-profiling works.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 22 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
It is essential that this requirement is brought to the attention of
Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical, specific
arrangements for cover can be made with underwriters. They will,
however, require detailed underwriting information and an
additional premium may be charged.
nl
y"
O
Other Limitations
Indemnity for removal of lateral support is limited to R25,000,000.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
If a higher limit of indemnity is required, the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel needs to be
advised and underwriting information will need to be provided in advance (i.e prior to Tender stage)
and this will entail an additional premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 23 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Administrative Procedures
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 24 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Administrative Procedures
Arranging Insurance cover
y"
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units must
Complete the Declaration Form per Part A as per Annexure 1 herein.
Date and sign the Declaration Form.
O
Submit the Declaration Form to the Broker.
nl
Prior to the commencement of each Contract:-
y
In addition, if the Declaration is being submitted after the commencement date, a separate
letter is required stating that, after specific enquiry, The Insured is not aware of any incidents
which may give rise to claim/s under this policy. (No Known Incidents Declaration).
op
On receipt of late declarations which are not accompanied by a “No Known Incidents
Declaration”, the Insurance declaration will not be accepted and no cover will be in force.
Record the Declaration on the Contract Monthly Register and submit this Register at the end of each
month to Transnet Group Insurance and the Broker.
C
On receipt of the Declaration Form the Broker will submit it to the Insurer and the following documents will be
issued and provided to the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units:An Insurance Certificate and a SASRIA Coupon evidencing cover.
A Debit Note in respect of the premiums due (based on agreed rates).
In terms of SASRIA Regulations, where the Contract Value exceeds R2 million, the physical
address of the contract is mandatory. If no physical address i.e. where Track is being worked
upon, the start and end points are required.
ew
NB
Prior to the expiry of each Declarations estimated completion date:-
vi
Confirm to the Broker that the contract will be completed on time.
re
On completion submit to the Broker a Declaration of the final contract value per Part B as per
Annexure 1 herein.
NB
If the original completion date is not going to be achieved, the period of insurance on the Declaration
document will need to be extended and the Broker needs to be notified prior to original completion
date.
"P
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units (prior to the expiry date of the certificate period) has
to advise the Broker in writing to extend the period of insurance and provide the new estimated
completion date.
NB
If a completion date needs to be extended and the Broker is not advised prior to the original
completion date, all SASRIA cover will cease on the originally declared completion date as
there is no hold covered arrangement with SASRIA.
A new SASRIA Coupon will then only be issued for the extension period from the date when
the Insurer is advised in writing by the Broker.
Under these circumstances the new SASRIA Coupon will be subject to an additional premium,
subject to the minimum premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 25 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
This process needs to be followed by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units until the time of
completion is achieved.
y"
Once the Contract has been completed:-
nl
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units have to declare the final contract value to the Broker per
Part B as per Annexure 1 herein.
O
The deposit premium will then be adjusted accordingly.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Failure by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units to conform to the above
procedure will result in cover being voided.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 26 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Contracts that require specific arrangements
y"
All contracts that fall outside the scope of this Principal Controlled Insurance Programme have to be advised
to the Broker prior to Tender and specific “One Off” cover will need to be negotiated. These will be:
Where the Contract Value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
nl
Where the Contracted period exceeds 36 months.
Where the Contracted Defects Liability Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
O
Other excluded Contracts as described on Page 8 /9 herein.
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, quarrying, shaft sinking, underground
work, alterations to water courses being river diversions or coffer dams.
y
Contracts outside of the Territorial Limits.
op
In this regard contact the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel as detailed on Page 33 herein.
C
Contracts where cover limitations will be exceeded or where cover warranties cannot be complied with need
to be discussed with the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel prior to contract award date to enable the
Broker to make specific arrangements with Underwriters. This will however require detailed Underwriting
Information and an additional premium may be charged.
In order to ensure that Contractor’s and site staff are aware of
procedures a copy of this Procedure Manual must be supplied to
the contract administrators and each Contractor on award of
contract..
vi
ew
"P
re
* Note: Harbour Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether
partially or fully submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, wharfs seawalls, caissons,
breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening or widening and dredging of ports and other off-shore risks
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 27 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Important Considerations
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 28 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Important Considerations
Cognizance must be taken of the following important considerations:-
y"
For contracts involving assembly or erection of plant and machinery or repairs maintenance or
overhaul thereto, THE FULL NEW REPLACEMENT VALUE OF THE PLANT/MACHINERY involved
must be declared AND NOT ONLY THE CONTRACT VALUE, for example.:
Cranes (repairs or final assembly)
Machinery being moved
Maintenance or new works on existing Portnet Vessels whilst moored or in dry dock.
O
nl
y
Specific arrangements are in place to cover certain contracts where the exposure to own damage
(damage to the works) is nil or negligible, but where a high third party liability exposure exists. For
example:
Chemical control of vegetation
Vegetation rehabilitation
Ballast tamping
Re-profiling of Track
Burning of Fire Breaks
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
C
op
ew
Contracts of this nature must be clearly identified on the Declaration Form.
Contract value must include the replacement value of any Free Issue Material provided.
vi
VAT must be added to all contract value declarations in order to comply with local legislation.
"P
re
All policy limits and deductibles are Vat inclusive.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 29 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Claims Procedure
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 30 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Claims Procedure
y"
In the event of any incident or occurrence, which is likely, to give rise to a claim under the Insurance
arranged by the Principal the following procedures shall be adhered to in addition to any statutory or other
requirements contained in the Contract.
nl
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances, HAVE TO BE reported to
the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period from date of loss.
O
IMMEDIATELY advise Aon Construction & Engineering Risks
(Attention Sandra Botha).
At the same time complete the Incident Advice Form (Annexure 2 herein) and submit to Aon
Construction & Engineering Risks.
y
Losses involving theft or malicious damage must be reported to the police and a police reference
number obtained and recorded.
op
The Employer, Contactor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) shall allow free access to Insurers’ Loss Adjuster(s)
and / or Employer’s Insurance Broker for the purpose of investigation and assessing the loss or
damage.
The Employer, Contractor(s) shall not deal direct with the Insurers other than by co-operating with
their Loss Adjuster(s) and / or the Employers Insurance Broker.
C
No Admission of Liability shall be made by the Employer, Contractor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) in the
event of damage, loss or injury to third party property or persons.
ew
Letters from claimants should be passed to Aon Construction & Engineering Risks as soon as
possible via the Employer if necessary.
In the event of immediate repairs being necessary in the interest of safety, the Contractors may with
the Employer’s permission proceed with such repairs.
The Employer shall immediately advise Sandra Botha at Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
vi
Other than in the circumstances described above the Contractor shall not proceed with the making
good of any loss without the prior authorization of the Employer who shall advise the Insurer’s
appointed Loss Adjuster(s) and Sandra Botha of Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
re
Upon commencement of the making good of any loss, the Contractor shall keep separate records of
the costs involved in making good such loss and these records must be authenticated by the Employer
for submission to the Insurer’s or their Loss Adjuster(s). Such records shall include, inter alia, the
entire cost of labour, materials, transport and equipment.
"P
The basis upon which the Insurers will indemnify loss or damage is the cost of repair or replacement of
the loss or damage including, inter alia, transport and overheads.
On completion of the making good of any loss the records of the costs involved having been
authenticated by the Employer shall be sent to the Insurer’s via their Loss Adjuster(s) and copied to
Aon Construction & Engineering Risks (Mrs. Sandra Botha) for processing.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 31 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Upon the amount of the loss or damage being agreed upon by the Insurer’s Loss Adjuster(s) and the
Contractor, an “Agreement of Loss” form will be signed by the Contractor and Employer.
All incidents which could give rise to a claim under the insurances
arranged by the Principal / Employer must be notified to the
Broker without delay, per the procedures set out above
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
The amount agreed upon by the Insurers, the Contractor and the Employer shall be paid by the
Insurers to the Employer net of the deductible, who will arrange for the payment to be made to the
Contractor as appropriate after deduction of the first amount payable.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 32 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
op
Aon South Africa Personnel
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Construction and Engineering Division
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 33 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Aon South Africa Personnel
nl
y"
Construction and Engineering Division
▪
Judy Bath
Account Administrator
Tel No.
(011)944 7053
Fax No.
(086)505 9553
E-Mail
[email protected]
▪
Sandra Botha
Claims Manager
Tel No.
Fax No.
E-Mail
y
George Davis
Senior Accounts Executive
Tel No.
(011) 944 7103
Fax No.
(086) 505 9558
E-Mail
[email protected]
C
op
▪
O
Aon South Africa personnel are at all times available for advice, please feel free to contact :-
"P
re
vi
ew
(011)944-7118
(086)556 7169
[email protected]
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
O
Annexure 1
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance
Programme Contract Award Declaration (Part A) And
Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 35 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER……………………………………………………………
PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER…………………………………………………
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Judy Bath
Tel No.
(011) 944-7053
Fax No.
086 505 9553
E-Mail:
[email protected]
y"
From (Operating Unit/Specialist Div)………………………..
Postal Address
……………………………………………..
…………………………………………….
..........................................................
Represented by
..........................................................
E-Mail Address
..........................................................
Tel No.
..........................................................
Fax No.
..........................................................
LONG TERM MAINTENANCE / MULTIPLE WORKS
CONTRACT with a SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
OTHER
O
TYPE OF CONTRACT
MARK WITH AN ‘X’ IF
APPLICABLE:
NAME OF CONTRACTOR
nl
PART A – CONTRACT AWARD INFORMATION
CONTRACT AWARD DATE
CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
EXPECTED CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
y
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT WORKS
op
PHYSICAL ADDRESS WHERE CONTRACT IS TAKING PLACE (COMPULSARY FOR ALL CONTRACTS R2M AND OVER)
MAINTENANCE PERIOD (MONTHS)
CONTRACT VALUE AT AWARD
C
IF PLANT AND MACHINERY INCLUDE REPLACEMENT VALUE
ESTIMATED VALUE OF FREE ISSUED SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
IS REMOVAL OF LATERAL SUPPORT COVER REQUIRED?
DOES THIS CONTRACT EVIDENCE AN EXPOSURE WHICH CAN BE COVERED BY
PROJECT DELAY INSURANCE?
WILL THE EMPLOYER/CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR MAKE ANY DIRECT IMPORTS OF
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTRACT THAT REQUIRE MARINE IMPORT INSURANCE?
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
"P
[III]
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
OPTIONAL INSURANCE REQUIRED
re
[I]
[II]
CHEMICAL CONTROL OF VEGETATION
VEGETATION REHABILITATION
BALLAST TAMPING
TRACK RE-PROFILING
BURNING OF FIRE BREAKS
GEOTECHNICAL AND EXPLORATORY WORKS
vi
[I]
[II]
[III]
[IV]
[V]
[VI]
ew
DOES THIS CONTRACT ENTAIL WORK IN RESPECT OF THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES WHERE THE EXPOSURE TO OWN
DAMAGE (DAMAGE TO WORKS) IS NIL OR NEGLIGIBLE
IF SO DETAILS NEED TO BE PROVIDED TO THE BROKER SO THAT THIS FORM OF COVER CAN BE ARRANGED
SIGNATURE ……………………………………………………
DATE: ………………………………………………
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
PART B – CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER
nl
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y"
ORIGINAL CONTRACT NO. ……………..
PURCHASE ORDER NO. …………………
CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
O
ENDORSEMENT/CERTIFICATE NUMBER
EXPIRY OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD
FINAL CONTRACT VALUE
C
op
y
ACTUAL VALUE OF FREE ISSUE SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
"P
re
vi
ew
SIGNATURE:……………………………………………
DATE:……………………………………………………………..
O
Annexure 2
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010
op
y
Incident Advice Form
"P
re
vi
ew
C
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
Aon Transnet PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
INCIDENT ADVICE FORM
TRANSNET UNIQUE CLAIM NUMBER ……………………………….....
..........................................................
..........................................................
Tel No.
Fax No.
..........................................................
..........................................................
y"
From
Represented by
nl
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Sandra Botha
Tel No.
(011) 944 7118
Fax No.
(086) 556 7169
E-Mail:
[email protected]
PRINCIPAL (PER CONTRACT DOCUMENT
O
CONTRACT NUMBER
ORIGINAL DECLARATON NO.
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
DATE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE
op
DATED REPORTED TO SITE AGENT
REPORTED BY
DATE
LOCALITY OF INCIDENT
C
REPORTED TO BY
ew
DETAILS OF HOW THE LOSS OR DAMAGE OCCURRED
DETAILS AND NATURE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE TO CONTRACT WORKS / TO THIRD PARTY PROPERTY
DETAILS OF OTHER DEATH OR INJURY TO PARTIES
ESTIMATED COST (SEPARATE RECORDS OF ALL COSTS MUST BE KEPT)
vi
WHO OR WHAT APPEARS TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CAUSE OF THE LOSS / DAMAGE
DESIGNATION:
TELEPHONE (LANDLINE)
CELLPHONE NO.
re
PERSON WHOM ASSESSOR SHOULD CONTACT
"P
E-MAIL ADDRESS
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
SIGNED BY: …………………………………………………………
SIGNATURE: …………………………………………..
COMPANY: ……………………………………………………….
DATE: …………………………………………………..
nl
y"
Annexure 3
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Annual Contract Works & Contractors Public Liability
And Lateral Support Policy Wording
y"
nl
O
Annexure 4
y
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
op
In respect of Contracts entailing:-
C
■ Chemical Vegetation Rehabilitation
■ Vegetation Rehabilitation
ew
■ Ballast Tamping
■ Rail Track Re-Profiling
■ Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
re
vi
■ Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-36 -
y"
nl
O
y
op
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Transnet Procedure Manual
Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability
Principal Controlled Insurance
2010 /2011
TRANSNET LIMITED
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
2010/2011
LindequeJ
[Pick the date]
As at 1 April 2010
Index
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................. 3
y"
INSURANCE RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................. 5
SUMMARY OF COVER - GENERAL.............................................................................................. 8
nl
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACT WORKS INSURANCE..................................................... 12
O
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACTORS PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE............................ 18
y
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS ..................................................................................................... 23
op
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................ 26
C
CLAIMS PROCEDURE................................................................................................................. 28
AON SOUTH AFRICA - PERSONNEL ......................................................................................... 32
ew
ANNEXURE 1 ............................................................................................................................... 33
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance Programme Contract Award
Declaration (Part A) and Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
re
vi
ANNEXURE 2 ............................................................................................................................... 34
Incident Advice Form
"P
ANNEXURE 3 ............................................................................................................................... 35
Annual Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability / Lateral Support Policy Wording
ANNEXURE 4 ............................................................................................................................... 36
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Introduction
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-2-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Introduction
nl
y"
TRANSNET LIMITED insure all Projects / Contracts on a Principal Controlled Insurance Programme basis
(including the Assembly and/or Erection of Plant and Machinery) in respect of Contract Works and
Contractors Public Liability.
O
Philosophy of the programme
y
Transnet Limited and its Operating Divisions and Specialist Units wish to control the risk exposures in
this regard.
Transnet Limited, as a large organization, bulk-buys - resulting in preferential rates and cover.
op
Simplified administration.
Eliminates potential problems which usually occur when individual Contractors are responsible to
arrange separate insurance.
It is therefore important that Tender and eventual Contract documents
reflect the fact that Transnet as the Principal (i.e. the Employer) arranges
certain covers which incorporates cover on behalf of Contractor’s
and / or Subcontractor’s.
The concept does not relieve the contracting parties of their
responsibilities for, amongst others, care of the works and liabilities to
third parties
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Includes the Contractor and/or Subcontractors as an insured party.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-3-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Insurance Responsibilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-4-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Insurance Responsibilities
Insurance Cover Applicable To All Contracts
Contract Works Cover
Covering fortuitous physical loss or damage to the
works, temporary works and materials for incorporation
into the works whilst in transit and whilst at the contract
site.
O
1.1.1
nl
1.1
y"
1. Cover arranged by Transnet as the Principal (Employer)
Limited to R100,000,000 any one contract. (Inclusive
of VAT)
Covering legal liability arising out of or connection with
the performance of the works on the contract site or
sites designated by the Principal for purposes of the
performance of the contract.
y
Contractors Public
Liability Cover
op
1.1.2
Limited to R10,000,000 any one occurrence.
Riot / Strike Cover
(Contract Works)
Provided by:
C
1.1.3
NASRIA
(Namibian
Special
Risks
Insurance
Association) in respect of risks within Namibia.
Additional Insurances (Optional)
vi
1.2
ew
SASRIA (South African Special Risks Insurance
Association) in respect of risks with RSA.
Marine Transit Cover
Covering imports until delivered and checked on site.
1.2.2
Project Delay Cover
Covering consequential financial exposures due to
delays following indemnifiable loss or damage to the
works.
"P
re
1.2.1
1.2.3
Removal of Lateral
Support
Covering legal liability incurred in respect removal of or
weakening of or interference with support to land or
property or buildings adjacent to, on or in the vicinity of
the Contract site.
Limit of indemnity R25,000,000 any one occurrence.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-5-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
The above information (including limits of insurance purchased) should
be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract documentation
including the deductible (excess) which are applicable and the fact that
Contractor’s and/or Subcontractor’s are responsible for the deductible.
y"
nl
2. Cover to be arranged by Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s
O
All Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s still remain fully responsible to arrange insurance in respect of the
following:
As prescribed by the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993
as amended.
y
Employers Common Law Liability.
op
Own plant, machinery, equipment and tools.
Motor Vehicles Liability.
This should also be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract
documentation.
ew
C
Professional Indemnity (Defective Design).
3. Cover to be arranged by Consulting Engineers, Architects & Other
Professionals
vi
Professional Indemnity (defects in Design, Plan or Specification).
"P
re
Please ensure that Professional Service Providers do not contract out of their liability in this regard.
(Please refer to Transnet Group Insurance for recommendation and approved limits).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-6-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
General
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-7-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
y"
The Insured Parties
Transnet Limited and / or its Affiliated / Subsidiary / Associated Companies as Principal or Employer.
nl
All Contractor’s undertaking work for or on behalf of the Principal in execution of the Contract.
All Subcontractor’s employed by the Contractor and all other Subcontractor’s (whether nominated or
otherwise) engaged in the fulfillment of the Contractor.
y
O
To the extent required by any Contract or Agreement suppliers manufacturers vendors or other
persons engaged on the contract sites but only to the extent of loss damage or liability originating at
the Contract Site (other than while the Property Insured is in transit) arising out of the performance of
their Contract Site obligations.
Contract Works – as detailed herein.
op
Cover
Insured Contracts
C
Contractors Public Liability – as detailed herein.
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)any one contract.
ew
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
vi
Excluded Contracts
Where the contract value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
re
Where the contracted duration of the contract exceeds 36 months.
Where contracted Defects Liability / Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
"P
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, shaft sinking, underground work,
quarrying, alterations to water courses being River Diversions or Coffer Dams.
Contracts outside of the territorial limits.
*
NOTE
Harbor Wet Risks defined as:“Harbor Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether partially or fully
submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, seawalls, caissons, breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening
widening and dredging of ports and other off shore risks”
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-8-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Contracts involving construction and erection of Petrochemical Plant(s) but this exclusion is limited
to contracts involving Petrochemical Manufacturing Plant such as Sasol and the like
On an existing airport runway or airstrip or in or on any aircraft.
nl
Contract Site
O
Any location upon which the Insured Contract(s) is to be executed or carried out as more fully defined in the
Insured Contract(s) documents together with so much of the surrounding area as may be designated for the
performance of the Insured Contract(s).
y
Territorial Limits
op
The Republic of South Africa and to the extent permitted by the applicable Insurance Acts the territories of
Lesotho, Namibia, Swaziland, Botswana, Zimbabwe and Mozambique.
C
N.B.
In terms of local legislation enacted in some of the above territories it is required that insurance cover be
placed within their local markets. It is therefore important that the Broker be advised timeously (prior to
Tender documents being issued) should any contracts, whether as Principal or Contractor, take place in any
of the above territories.
ew
If Contracts are to take place in any territories not listed above, the Broker also needs to be advised of same
at feasibility stage.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
vi
Unsealed / Unprimed Base Course
re
Unsealed / unprimed base course – cover limited to a maximum of 5,000 metres.
Open Trench
"P
Open trench – cover limited to a maximum indemnity of 5,000 metres.
It is essential that the above limitations are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical,
specific arrangements for cover can be made with Underwriters.
They will, however, require detailed underwriting information and
an additional premium may be charged.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-9-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Laid Pipes
Pipes with a diameter not exceeding 500mm, and all pipes intended for the transportation of
Petroleum Products or Fuel Gasses irrespective of diameter, are to be end capped on the termination
of each days work to avoid ingress of mud silt water debris detritus and the like.
If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
nl
NB
y"
Pipes with a diameter exceeding 500mm are to be capped on the termination of each days work with
steel mesh to allow ingress of water to avoid floatation but avoiding ingress of large debris or detritus.
O
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
C
op
y
-
It is essential that the above Warranties are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s.
re
vi
ew
NB If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
Used Plant – Basis of Loss Settlement
"P
Insured property which has operated under service conditions prior to attachment of cover:Up to 5 years
– cost of repair / reinstatement / replacement.
In excess of 5 years
- agreed value (calculated on basis of each life year (or part thereof) on
present day New Replacement Value reduced proportionally over 20 years
subject to residual of 20%).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 10 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Claims Reporting
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances,
HAVE TO BE reported to the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period.
O
nl
Failing this, all benefits in terms of the Policy shall be voidable from date of
occurrence.
It is essential that the above Condition is brought to the attention
of Contractors in Tender / Contract Documents.
ew
C
op
y
All claims must be registered in terms of requirements applicable to Risk Console
unique claim number condition.
Rating Structure
The rates include both Contract Works and Contractors Public Liability cover per current policy limits,
terms and conditions.
"P
re
vi
Minimum premium requirement are:-
Track Re-profiling
R8,000
Burning of Fire Breaks
R8,000
Chemical Vegetation Control
R4,000
Vegetation Rehabillitation
R4,000
Ballast Tamping
R4,000
Geotechnical & Exploratory
R4,000
All Other
R6,000
SASRIA
R 500
(Above are inclusive of VAT)
To extend the contract period beyond 36 months will attract an additional premium.
(See Administrative Procedures herein).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 11 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contract Works Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 12 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
1. Contract Works Insurance
Synopsis of Cover
nl
Fortuitous Physical loss of or damage:
During dismantling of property in connection with the Insured Contracts.
O
Whilst in transit, including loading and unloading, or whilst temporarily stored at any premises en route
to or from The Contract Site within the Territorial Limits;
y
During the preparation of The Contract Site and thereafter until the Property Insured has been officially
accepted by the Employer and becomes his responsibility by means of a Notice of Completion
Certificate or similar evidence of legal transfer of risk in the whole or permanent works under the
Insured Contract to the Employer;
op
Where testing and commissioning of Property Insured is conducted by the Employer “completion” for
purposes of this insurance to occur only after successful completion of all testing and commissioning
of the whole of the permanent works under the Insured Contract;
C
Where the permanent property insurance arranged by the Employer indemnify the Insured for
completed portions of the Property Insured prior to completion of the whole of the permanent works
under the Insured Contract, this insurance in respect of such completed portions of the Property
Insured shall cease except as provided below;
ew
Work uncompleted or outstanding in terms of any certificate of completion, certificate of handover or
similar document shall continue to be insured until its completion and the inception of the Contractual
Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured Contract) for such
uncompleted or outstanding work where after the provisions of (g) below shall apply in respect of such
work;
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
arising from any act or omission of the Insured their Servants, Agents, Suppliers or
Subcontractors in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations.
re
ii)
arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
vi
i)
"P
for which the Insured Contractor is responsible under the Contract.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 13 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
36 months
Maximum Defects Liability / Maintenance Period
12 Months
O
nl
Maximum Contract period
y"
Contract Period Limitation
y
Limits of indemnity
Contract Works (Any One Contract)
R100,000,000
R10,000,000
Surrounding Property
R10,000,000
Removal to Gain Access
Debris Removal
ew
Documentation
R50,000,000
C
Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Surrounding Property – Watercraft
op
Work done on Marine vessels
R10,000,000
R1,000,000
R100,000
R2,500,000
Claims Preparation Costs
R500,000
Maximum testing / commissioning period
60 days
5,000 metres
Maximum open trench limitation
5,000 metres
"P
re
vi
Maximum un-sealed / un-primed base course limitation
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 14 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Deductibles
nl
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
y"
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
O
Loss or damage arising out of major perils (where the term shall include storm, rain, tempest,
wind, flood, theft and / or malicious damage, subsidence,
collapse, earthquake, testing, commissioning
R 25,000
R 15,000
y
Loss or damage arising from any other cause
R 25,000
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property
op
Removal of Debris
R 25,000
R 75,000
Loss or damage to Documentation
R 5,000
"P
re
vi
ew
Road Reserve / Servitude
C
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 15 -
R250,000
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
All Contracts Entailing Trenching and / or Layer Works
y"
Following additional Deductibles apply over and above the aforestated deductibles: - i.e. in excess of 1,000
metres
20% of loss / minimum R50,000
Up to a maximum of 5,000metres
20% of loss / minimum R100,000
O
It is essential that this is brought to the attention of Contractor’s.
Where this restriction is not practical, specific arrangements for
cover can be made with underwriters. They will, however, require
detailed underwriting information and an additional premium may
be charged.
op
y
nl
Up to a maximum of 3,000metres
C
Property Insured
The actual Contract Works and all material intended for incorporation into the Works (including Free Issue
Material* the value of which has to be included in the Contract Value declared) and Temporary Works.
ew
N.B.
vi
Temporary works does not include mobile plant, constructional aids, equipment, structures or
works (not being part of the permanent works) which are not intended to be removed from the
Contract Site on completion of the Contract (other than scaffolding shuttering and formwork as well
as construction equipment specifically designed and/or constructed for the Insured Contract and
which is not intended for immediate re-use on another contract) or have no residual value at
completion of the Contract (other than scrap value), solely due to their specialised nature.
re
* Note: Where Transnet for the purposes of the Contract issues materials 'free of charge' to the Contractor
"P
such materials shall be and remain the property of the Transnet. Free Issue Material shall mean any material
provided by or on Transnet's behalf which is to be used in the provision of the Service or incorporated into the
Contract.
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
Loss or damage of money or the like.
Aircraft, waterborne vessels or craft.
Construction plant, tools or equipment.
Losses by disappearance / shortage discovered by taking of routine inventory.
Defective material workmanship design plan or specification (but resultant damage covered).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 16 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Cost of re-design, improvement, betterment or alteration.
Consequential loss.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Liquidated damages or penalties for delay in connection with guarantee or performance or efficiency.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 17 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Air transit (unless in territorial limits).
y"
Ocean transit or whilst in storage thereafter (unless immediately inspected by an independent party
after offloading from vessel).
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
nl
i) arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
O
ii) arising from any act or omission of the Insured his Servants or Agents, in the course of the work
carried out in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations with regard to maintenance under the
Contract.
Wear, tear, gradual deterioration rust, corrosion or oxidation and normal up-keep.
y
Electrical or mechanical breakdown or explosion to machinery or plant which has operated under load
conditions prior to commencement of the Insured Contract or which has occurred after the Testing /
Commissioning Period specified in the Policy.
op
Damage to any property insured due to ingress of mud, silt, water, debris unless pipe ends have been
sealed on termination of each days work by means of end caps as prescribed in the policy.
Damage to any unsealed / unprimed or base course in excess of limitations as stated in the policy.
C
Damage to any open trench in excess of the limitations as stated in the policy.
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
"P
re
vi
ew
Sinking (whether partial or in whole) of any watercraft arising out of or in consequence of any work
undertaken below the load line ( international load line / plimsoll line).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 18 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contractors Public Liability Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 19 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
2. Contractors Public Liability Insurance
y"
Insured Contracts
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT) any one contract.
nl
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
Legal Liability to pay as compensation for and in consequence of:
O
Synopsis of Cover
y
Accidental death of or injury to or illness or disease contracted by any person.
op
Accidental loss of / or physical damage to tangible property.
Occurring during the period of insurance and arising out of or in connection with the performance of the
Insured Contract(s).
C
First Party Property* Extension will apply to the Lateral Support policy extensions.
* Note: Coverage for the insured's personal and real property.
ew
Type Of Contract
All Contracts undertaken including:Chemical Vegetation Control
vi
Vegetation Rehabilitation
Ballast Tamping
re
Rail Track Re-profiling including the contract works
Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
N.B.
The above noted contract types attract specific differentiated rates and are insured by way of a separate
policy.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 20 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Limits Of Indemnity
R10,000,000 any one occurrence / unlimited for
the Period of Insurance
R25,000,000 unlimited for the Period of Insurance
(provided on request only
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
y"
Contractors Public Liability
Removal of Lateral Support
O
nl
Statutory Legal Defence Costs
Arrest / Assault / Defamation
Emergency Medical Expenses
Prevention of Access
Trespass / Nuisance
Claims Preparation Costs
y
Deductibles
op
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
C
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
R25,000
Spread of fire
R250,000
Spread of fire – track re-profiling
R250,000
Loss of or damage to any other property
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from removal of lateral support
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from the burning of fire breaks
R250,000
Loss of or damage arising out of vegetation control
including but not limited to the use of pesticides
and or herbicides
R250,000
"P
re
`
vi
ew
Loss of or damage to public utilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 21 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
y"
Death or injury to own employees.
Motor vehicle liabilities under legislation or as defined in Multi-lateral Motor Vehicles Accident Fund
No. 93 of 1989 as amended.
nl
Claims in connection with ownership or use of aircraft or watercraft.
Property belonging to the Insured or in his care custody and control (as defined in the Policy).
Property forming part of Contract Works.
O
Liquidated damages or penalties for delays or in respect of performance or efficiency guarantees.
Liability arising out of defects in workmanship materials design plan or specification in any part of the
Property insured.
y
Arising from or in connection with design plan or specification.
op
Gradual pollution and contamination.
Sudden unintended and unforeseen seepage, pollution or contamination including the cost of
removing, nullifying or cleaning up in respect of both ocean and harbour going watercraft outside of
dry dock.
Punitive damages.
C
After completion and handover (inclusive of the contractual Defects / Maintenance period).
Ownership hiring or leasing of any airport or airstrip.
ew
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
re
vi
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
"P
-
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
NB: Failure to thoroughly pre-plan and document the safety measures to be adopted with specific regards tp
the incidence of fires being initiated during the execution of the work will invalidate indemnity provided in
respect of fire arising out of track re-profiling works.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 22 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
It is essential that this requirement is brought to the attention of
Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical, specific
arrangements for cover can be made with underwriters. They will,
however, require detailed underwriting information and an
additional premium may be charged.
nl
y"
O
Other Limitations
Indemnity for removal of lateral support is limited to R25,000,000.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
If a higher limit of indemnity is required, the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel needs to be
advised and underwriting information will need to be provided in advance (i.e prior to Tender stage)
and this will entail an additional premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 23 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Administrative Procedures
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 24 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Administrative Procedures
Arranging Insurance cover
y"
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units must
Complete the Declaration Form per Part A as per Annexure 1 herein.
Date and sign the Declaration Form.
O
Submit the Declaration Form to the Broker.
nl
Prior to the commencement of each Contract:-
y
In addition, if the Declaration is being submitted after the commencement date, a separate
letter is required stating that, after specific enquiry, The Insured is not aware of any incidents
which may give rise to claim/s under this policy. (No Known Incidents Declaration).
op
On receipt of late declarations which are not accompanied by a “No Known Incidents
Declaration”, the Insurance declaration will not be accepted and no cover will be in force.
Record the Declaration on the Contract Monthly Register and submit this Register at the end of each
month to Transnet Group Insurance and the Broker.
C
On receipt of the Declaration Form the Broker will submit it to the Insurer and the following documents will be
issued and provided to the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units:An Insurance Certificate and a SASRIA Coupon evidencing cover.
A Debit Note in respect of the premiums due (based on agreed rates).
In terms of SASRIA Regulations, where the Contract Value exceeds R2 million, the physical
address of the contract is mandatory. If no physical address i.e. where Track is being worked
upon, the start and end points are required.
ew
NB
Prior to the expiry of each Declarations estimated completion date:-
vi
Confirm to the Broker that the contract will be completed on time.
re
On completion submit to the Broker a Declaration of the final contract value per Part B as per
Annexure 1 herein.
NB
If the original completion date is not going to be achieved, the period of insurance on the Declaration
document will need to be extended and the Broker needs to be notified prior to original completion
date.
"P
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units (prior to the expiry date of the certificate period) has
to advise the Broker in writing to extend the period of insurance and provide the new estimated
completion date.
NB
If a completion date needs to be extended and the Broker is not advised prior to the original
completion date, all SASRIA cover will cease on the originally declared completion date as
there is no hold covered arrangement with SASRIA.
A new SASRIA Coupon will then only be issued for the extension period from the date when
the Insurer is advised in writing by the Broker.
Under these circumstances the new SASRIA Coupon will be subject to an additional premium,
subject to the minimum premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 25 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
This process needs to be followed by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units until the time of
completion is achieved.
y"
Once the Contract has been completed:-
nl
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units have to declare the final contract value to the Broker per
Part B as per Annexure 1 herein.
O
The deposit premium will then be adjusted accordingly.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Failure by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units to conform to the above
procedure will result in cover being voided.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 26 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Contracts that require specific arrangements
y"
All contracts that fall outside the scope of this Principal Controlled Insurance Programme have to be advised
to the Broker prior to Tender and specific “One Off” cover will need to be negotiated. These will be:
Where the Contract Value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
nl
Where the Contracted period exceeds 36 months.
Where the Contracted Defects Liability Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
O
Other excluded Contracts as described on Page 8 /9 herein.
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, quarrying, shaft sinking, underground
work, alterations to water courses being river diversions or coffer dams.
y
Contracts outside of the Territorial Limits.
op
In this regard contact the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel as detailed on Page 33 herein.
C
Contracts where cover limitations will be exceeded or where cover warranties cannot be complied with need
to be discussed with the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel prior to contract award date to enable the
Broker to make specific arrangements with Underwriters. This will however require detailed Underwriting
Information and an additional premium may be charged.
In order to ensure that Contractor’s and site staff are aware of
procedures a copy of this Procedure Manual must be supplied to
the contract administrators and each Contractor on award of
contract..
vi
ew
"P
re
* Note: Harbour Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether
partially or fully submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, wharfs seawalls, caissons,
breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening or widening and dredging of ports and other off-shore risks
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 27 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Important Considerations
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 28 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Important Considerations
Cognizance must be taken of the following important considerations:-
y"
For contracts involving assembly or erection of plant and machinery or repairs maintenance or
overhaul thereto, THE FULL NEW REPLACEMENT VALUE OF THE PLANT/MACHINERY involved
must be declared AND NOT ONLY THE CONTRACT VALUE, for example.:
Cranes (repairs or final assembly)
Machinery being moved
Maintenance or new works on existing Portnet Vessels whilst moored or in dry dock.
O
nl
y
Specific arrangements are in place to cover certain contracts where the exposure to own damage
(damage to the works) is nil or negligible, but where a high third party liability exposure exists. For
example:
Chemical control of vegetation
Vegetation rehabilitation
Ballast tamping
Re-profiling of Track
Burning of Fire Breaks
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
C
op
ew
Contracts of this nature must be clearly identified on the Declaration Form.
Contract value must include the replacement value of any Free Issue Material provided.
vi
VAT must be added to all contract value declarations in order to comply with local legislation.
"P
re
All policy limits and deductibles are Vat inclusive.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 29 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Claims Procedure
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 30 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Claims Procedure
y"
In the event of any incident or occurrence, which is likely, to give rise to a claim under the Insurance
arranged by the Principal the following procedures shall be adhered to in addition to any statutory or other
requirements contained in the Contract.
nl
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances, HAVE TO BE reported to
the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period from date of loss.
O
IMMEDIATELY advise Aon Construction & Engineering Risks
(Attention Sandra Botha).
At the same time complete the Incident Advice Form (Annexure 2 herein) and submit to Aon
Construction & Engineering Risks.
y
Losses involving theft or malicious damage must be reported to the police and a police reference
number obtained and recorded.
op
The Employer, Contactor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) shall allow free access to Insurers’ Loss Adjuster(s)
and / or Employer’s Insurance Broker for the purpose of investigation and assessing the loss or
damage.
The Employer, Contractor(s) shall not deal direct with the Insurers other than by co-operating with
their Loss Adjuster(s) and / or the Employers Insurance Broker.
C
No Admission of Liability shall be made by the Employer, Contractor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) in the
event of damage, loss or injury to third party property or persons.
ew
Letters from claimants should be passed to Aon Construction & Engineering Risks as soon as
possible via the Employer if necessary.
In the event of immediate repairs being necessary in the interest of safety, the Contractors may with
the Employer’s permission proceed with such repairs.
The Employer shall immediately advise Sandra Botha at Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
vi
Other than in the circumstances described above the Contractor shall not proceed with the making
good of any loss without the prior authorization of the Employer who shall advise the Insurer’s
appointed Loss Adjuster(s) and Sandra Botha of Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
re
Upon commencement of the making good of any loss, the Contractor shall keep separate records of
the costs involved in making good such loss and these records must be authenticated by the Employer
for submission to the Insurer’s or their Loss Adjuster(s). Such records shall include, inter alia, the
entire cost of labour, materials, transport and equipment.
"P
The basis upon which the Insurers will indemnify loss or damage is the cost of repair or replacement of
the loss or damage including, inter alia, transport and overheads.
On completion of the making good of any loss the records of the costs involved having been
authenticated by the Employer shall be sent to the Insurer’s via their Loss Adjuster(s) and copied to
Aon Construction & Engineering Risks (Mrs. Sandra Botha) for processing.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 31 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Upon the amount of the loss or damage being agreed upon by the Insurer’s Loss Adjuster(s) and the
Contractor, an “Agreement of Loss” form will be signed by the Contractor and Employer.
All incidents which could give rise to a claim under the insurances
arranged by the Principal / Employer must be notified to the
Broker without delay, per the procedures set out above
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
The amount agreed upon by the Insurers, the Contractor and the Employer shall be paid by the
Insurers to the Employer net of the deductible, who will arrange for the payment to be made to the
Contractor as appropriate after deduction of the first amount payable.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 32 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
op
Aon South Africa Personnel
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Construction and Engineering Division
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 33 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Aon South Africa Personnel
nl
y"
Construction and Engineering Division
▪
Judy Bath
Account Administrator
Tel No.
(011)944 7053
Fax No.
(086)505 9553
E-Mail
[email protected]
▪
Sandra Botha
Claims Manager
Tel No.
Fax No.
E-Mail
y
George Davis
Senior Accounts Executive
Tel No.
(011) 944 7103
Fax No.
(086) 505 9558
E-Mail
[email protected]
C
op
▪
O
Aon South Africa personnel are at all times available for advice, please feel free to contact :-
"P
re
vi
ew
(011)944-7118
(086)556 7169
[email protected]
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
O
Annexure 1
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance
Programme Contract Award Declaration (Part A) And
Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 35 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER……………………………………………………………
PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER…………………………………………………
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Judy Bath
Tel No.
(011) 944-7053
Fax No.
086 505 9553
E-Mail:
[email protected]
y"
From (Operating Unit/Specialist Div)………………………..
Postal Address
……………………………………………..
…………………………………………….
..........................................................
Represented by
..........................................................
E-Mail Address
..........................................................
Tel No.
..........................................................
Fax No.
..........................................................
LONG TERM MAINTENANCE / MULTIPLE WORKS
CONTRACT with a SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
OTHER
O
TYPE OF CONTRACT
MARK WITH AN ‘X’ IF
APPLICABLE:
NAME OF CONTRACTOR
nl
PART A – CONTRACT AWARD INFORMATION
CONTRACT AWARD DATE
CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
EXPECTED CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
y
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT WORKS
op
PHYSICAL ADDRESS WHERE CONTRACT IS TAKING PLACE (COMPULSARY FOR ALL CONTRACTS R2M AND OVER)
MAINTENANCE PERIOD (MONTHS)
CONTRACT VALUE AT AWARD
C
IF PLANT AND MACHINERY INCLUDE REPLACEMENT VALUE
ESTIMATED VALUE OF FREE ISSUED SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
IS REMOVAL OF LATERAL SUPPORT COVER REQUIRED?
DOES THIS CONTRACT EVIDENCE AN EXPOSURE WHICH CAN BE COVERED BY
PROJECT DELAY INSURANCE?
WILL THE EMPLOYER/CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR MAKE ANY DIRECT IMPORTS OF
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTRACT THAT REQUIRE MARINE IMPORT INSURANCE?
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
"P
[III]
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
OPTIONAL INSURANCE REQUIRED
re
[I]
[II]
CHEMICAL CONTROL OF VEGETATION
VEGETATION REHABILITATION
BALLAST TAMPING
TRACK RE-PROFILING
BURNING OF FIRE BREAKS
GEOTECHNICAL AND EXPLORATORY WORKS
vi
[I]
[II]
[III]
[IV]
[V]
[VI]
ew
DOES THIS CONTRACT ENTAIL WORK IN RESPECT OF THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES WHERE THE EXPOSURE TO OWN
DAMAGE (DAMAGE TO WORKS) IS NIL OR NEGLIGIBLE
IF SO DETAILS NEED TO BE PROVIDED TO THE BROKER SO THAT THIS FORM OF COVER CAN BE ARRANGED
SIGNATURE ……………………………………………………
DATE: ………………………………………………
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
PART B – CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER
nl
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y"
ORIGINAL CONTRACT NO. ……………..
PURCHASE ORDER NO. …………………
CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
O
ENDORSEMENT/CERTIFICATE NUMBER
EXPIRY OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD
FINAL CONTRACT VALUE
C
op
y
ACTUAL VALUE OF FREE ISSUE SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
"P
re
vi
ew
SIGNATURE:……………………………………………
DATE:……………………………………………………………..
O
Annexure 2
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010
op
y
Incident Advice Form
"P
re
vi
ew
C
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
Aon Transnet PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
INCIDENT ADVICE FORM
TRANSNET UNIQUE CLAIM NUMBER ……………………………….....
..........................................................
..........................................................
Tel No.
Fax No.
..........................................................
..........................................................
y"
From
Represented by
nl
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Sandra Botha
Tel No.
(011) 944 7118
Fax No.
(086) 556 7169
E-Mail:
[email protected]
PRINCIPAL (PER CONTRACT DOCUMENT
O
CONTRACT NUMBER
ORIGINAL DECLARATON NO.
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
DATE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE
op
DATED REPORTED TO SITE AGENT
REPORTED BY
DATE
LOCALITY OF INCIDENT
C
REPORTED TO BY
ew
DETAILS OF HOW THE LOSS OR DAMAGE OCCURRED
DETAILS AND NATURE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE TO CONTRACT WORKS / TO THIRD PARTY PROPERTY
DETAILS OF OTHER DEATH OR INJURY TO PARTIES
ESTIMATED COST (SEPARATE RECORDS OF ALL COSTS MUST BE KEPT)
vi
WHO OR WHAT APPEARS TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CAUSE OF THE LOSS / DAMAGE
DESIGNATION:
TELEPHONE (LANDLINE)
CELLPHONE NO.
re
PERSON WHOM ASSESSOR SHOULD CONTACT
"P
E-MAIL ADDRESS
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
SIGNED BY: …………………………………………………………
SIGNATURE: …………………………………………..
COMPANY: ……………………………………………………….
DATE: …………………………………………………..
nl
y"
Annexure 3
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Annual Contract Works & Contractors Public Liability
And Lateral Support Policy Wording
y"
nl
O
Annexure 4
y
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
op
In respect of Contracts entailing:-
C
■ Chemical Vegetation Rehabilitation
■ Vegetation Rehabilitation
ew
■ Ballast Tamping
■ Rail Track Re-Profiling
■ Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
re
vi
■ Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-36 -
y"
nl
O
y
op
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Transnet Procedure Manual
Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability
Principal Controlled Insurance
2010 /2011
TRANSNET LIMITED
EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
2010/2011
LindequeJ
[Pick the date]
As at 1 April 2010
Index
INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................. 3
y"
INSURANCE RESPONSIBILITIES ................................................................................................. 5
SUMMARY OF COVER - GENERAL.............................................................................................. 8
nl
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACT WORKS INSURANCE..................................................... 12
O
SUMMARY OF COVER - CONTRACTORS PUBLIC LIABILITY INSURANCE............................ 18
y
ADMINISTRATIVE PROCESS ..................................................................................................... 23
op
IMPORTANT CONSIDERATIONS................................................................................................ 26
C
CLAIMS PROCEDURE................................................................................................................. 28
AON SOUTH AFRICA - PERSONNEL ......................................................................................... 32
ew
ANNEXURE 1 ............................................................................................................................... 33
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance Programme Contract Award
Declaration (Part A) and Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
re
vi
ANNEXURE 2 ............................................................................................................................... 34
Incident Advice Form
"P
ANNEXURE 3 ............................................................................................................................... 35
Annual Contract Works / Contractors Public Liability / Lateral Support Policy Wording
ANNEXURE 4 ............................................................................................................................... 36
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Introduction
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-2-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Introduction
nl
y"
TRANSNET LIMITED insure all Projects / Contracts on a Principal Controlled Insurance Programme basis
(including the Assembly and/or Erection of Plant and Machinery) in respect of Contract Works and
Contractors Public Liability.
O
Philosophy of the programme
y
Transnet Limited and its Operating Divisions and Specialist Units wish to control the risk exposures in
this regard.
Transnet Limited, as a large organization, bulk-buys - resulting in preferential rates and cover.
op
Simplified administration.
Eliminates potential problems which usually occur when individual Contractors are responsible to
arrange separate insurance.
It is therefore important that Tender and eventual Contract documents
reflect the fact that Transnet as the Principal (i.e. the Employer) arranges
certain covers which incorporates cover on behalf of Contractor’s
and / or Subcontractor’s.
The concept does not relieve the contracting parties of their
responsibilities for, amongst others, care of the works and liabilities to
third parties
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Includes the Contractor and/or Subcontractors as an insured party.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-3-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Insurance Responsibilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-4-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Insurance Responsibilities
Insurance Cover Applicable To All Contracts
Contract Works Cover
Covering fortuitous physical loss or damage to the
works, temporary works and materials for incorporation
into the works whilst in transit and whilst at the contract
site.
O
1.1.1
nl
1.1
y"
1. Cover arranged by Transnet as the Principal (Employer)
Limited to R100,000,000 any one contract. (Inclusive
of VAT)
Covering legal liability arising out of or connection with
the performance of the works on the contract site or
sites designated by the Principal for purposes of the
performance of the contract.
y
Contractors Public
Liability Cover
op
1.1.2
Limited to R10,000,000 any one occurrence.
Riot / Strike Cover
(Contract Works)
Provided by:
C
1.1.3
NASRIA
(Namibian
Special
Risks
Insurance
Association) in respect of risks within Namibia.
Additional Insurances (Optional)
vi
1.2
ew
SASRIA (South African Special Risks Insurance
Association) in respect of risks with RSA.
Marine Transit Cover
Covering imports until delivered and checked on site.
1.2.2
Project Delay Cover
Covering consequential financial exposures due to
delays following indemnifiable loss or damage to the
works.
"P
re
1.2.1
1.2.3
Removal of Lateral
Support
Covering legal liability incurred in respect removal of or
weakening of or interference with support to land or
property or buildings adjacent to, on or in the vicinity of
the Contract site.
Limit of indemnity R25,000,000 any one occurrence.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-5-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
The above information (including limits of insurance purchased) should
be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract documentation
including the deductible (excess) which are applicable and the fact that
Contractor’s and/or Subcontractor’s are responsible for the deductible.
y"
nl
2. Cover to be arranged by Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s
O
All Contractor’s/Subcontractor’s still remain fully responsible to arrange insurance in respect of the
following:
As prescribed by the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993
as amended.
y
Employers Common Law Liability.
op
Own plant, machinery, equipment and tools.
Motor Vehicles Liability.
This should also be clearly spelt out in Tender and eventual Contract
documentation.
ew
C
Professional Indemnity (Defective Design).
3. Cover to be arranged by Consulting Engineers, Architects & Other
Professionals
vi
Professional Indemnity (defects in Design, Plan or Specification).
"P
re
Please ensure that Professional Service Providers do not contract out of their liability in this regard.
(Please refer to Transnet Group Insurance for recommendation and approved limits).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-6-
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
General
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-7-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
y"
The Insured Parties
Transnet Limited and / or its Affiliated / Subsidiary / Associated Companies as Principal or Employer.
nl
All Contractor’s undertaking work for or on behalf of the Principal in execution of the Contract.
All Subcontractor’s employed by the Contractor and all other Subcontractor’s (whether nominated or
otherwise) engaged in the fulfillment of the Contractor.
y
O
To the extent required by any Contract or Agreement suppliers manufacturers vendors or other
persons engaged on the contract sites but only to the extent of loss damage or liability originating at
the Contract Site (other than while the Property Insured is in transit) arising out of the performance of
their Contract Site obligations.
Contract Works – as detailed herein.
op
Cover
Insured Contracts
C
Contractors Public Liability – as detailed herein.
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)any one contract.
ew
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
vi
Excluded Contracts
Where the contract value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
re
Where the contracted duration of the contract exceeds 36 months.
Where contracted Defects Liability / Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
"P
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, shaft sinking, underground work,
quarrying, alterations to water courses being River Diversions or Coffer Dams.
Contracts outside of the territorial limits.
*
NOTE
Harbor Wet Risks defined as:“Harbor Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether partially or fully
submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, seawalls, caissons, breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening
widening and dredging of ports and other off shore risks”
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-8-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Contracts involving construction and erection of Petrochemical Plant(s) but this exclusion is limited
to contracts involving Petrochemical Manufacturing Plant such as Sasol and the like
On an existing airport runway or airstrip or in or on any aircraft.
nl
Contract Site
O
Any location upon which the Insured Contract(s) is to be executed or carried out as more fully defined in the
Insured Contract(s) documents together with so much of the surrounding area as may be designated for the
performance of the Insured Contract(s).
y
Territorial Limits
op
The Republic of South Africa and to the extent permitted by the applicable Insurance Acts the territories of
Lesotho, Namibia, Swaziland, Botswana, Zimbabwe and Mozambique.
C
N.B.
In terms of local legislation enacted in some of the above territories it is required that insurance cover be
placed within their local markets. It is therefore important that the Broker be advised timeously (prior to
Tender documents being issued) should any contracts, whether as Principal or Contractor, take place in any
of the above territories.
ew
If Contracts are to take place in any territories not listed above, the Broker also needs to be advised of same
at feasibility stage.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
vi
Unsealed / Unprimed Base Course
re
Unsealed / unprimed base course – cover limited to a maximum of 5,000 metres.
Open Trench
"P
Open trench – cover limited to a maximum indemnity of 5,000 metres.
It is essential that the above limitations are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical,
specific arrangements for cover can be made with Underwriters.
They will, however, require detailed underwriting information and
an additional premium may be charged.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-9-
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Laid Pipes
Pipes with a diameter not exceeding 500mm, and all pipes intended for the transportation of
Petroleum Products or Fuel Gasses irrespective of diameter, are to be end capped on the termination
of each days work to avoid ingress of mud silt water debris detritus and the like.
If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
nl
NB
y"
Pipes with a diameter exceeding 500mm are to be capped on the termination of each days work with
steel mesh to allow ingress of water to avoid floatation but avoiding ingress of large debris or detritus.
O
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
C
op
y
-
It is essential that the above Warranties are brought to the
attention of Contractor’s.
re
vi
ew
NB If above not conformed with cover is forfeited.
Used Plant – Basis of Loss Settlement
"P
Insured property which has operated under service conditions prior to attachment of cover:Up to 5 years
– cost of repair / reinstatement / replacement.
In excess of 5 years
- agreed value (calculated on basis of each life year (or part thereof) on
present day New Replacement Value reduced proportionally over 20 years
subject to residual of 20%).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 10 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
Claims Reporting
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances,
HAVE TO BE reported to the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period.
O
nl
Failing this, all benefits in terms of the Policy shall be voidable from date of
occurrence.
It is essential that the above Condition is brought to the attention
of Contractors in Tender / Contract Documents.
ew
C
op
y
All claims must be registered in terms of requirements applicable to Risk Console
unique claim number condition.
Rating Structure
The rates include both Contract Works and Contractors Public Liability cover per current policy limits,
terms and conditions.
"P
re
vi
Minimum premium requirement are:-
Track Re-profiling
R8,000
Burning of Fire Breaks
R8,000
Chemical Vegetation Control
R4,000
Vegetation Rehabillitation
R4,000
Ballast Tamping
R4,000
Geotechnical & Exploratory
R4,000
All Other
R6,000
SASRIA
R 500
(Above are inclusive of VAT)
To extend the contract period beyond 36 months will attract an additional premium.
(See Administrative Procedures herein).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 11 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contract Works Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 12 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
y"
1. Contract Works Insurance
Synopsis of Cover
nl
Fortuitous Physical loss of or damage:
During dismantling of property in connection with the Insured Contracts.
O
Whilst in transit, including loading and unloading, or whilst temporarily stored at any premises en route
to or from The Contract Site within the Territorial Limits;
y
During the preparation of The Contract Site and thereafter until the Property Insured has been officially
accepted by the Employer and becomes his responsibility by means of a Notice of Completion
Certificate or similar evidence of legal transfer of risk in the whole or permanent works under the
Insured Contract to the Employer;
op
Where testing and commissioning of Property Insured is conducted by the Employer “completion” for
purposes of this insurance to occur only after successful completion of all testing and commissioning
of the whole of the permanent works under the Insured Contract;
C
Where the permanent property insurance arranged by the Employer indemnify the Insured for
completed portions of the Property Insured prior to completion of the whole of the permanent works
under the Insured Contract, this insurance in respect of such completed portions of the Property
Insured shall cease except as provided below;
ew
Work uncompleted or outstanding in terms of any certificate of completion, certificate of handover or
similar document shall continue to be insured until its completion and the inception of the Contractual
Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured Contract) for such
uncompleted or outstanding work where after the provisions of (g) below shall apply in respect of such
work;
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
arising from any act or omission of the Insured their Servants, Agents, Suppliers or
Subcontractors in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations.
re
ii)
arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
vi
i)
"P
for which the Insured Contractor is responsible under the Contract.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 13 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
36 months
Maximum Defects Liability / Maintenance Period
12 Months
O
nl
Maximum Contract period
y"
Contract Period Limitation
y
Limits of indemnity
Contract Works (Any One Contract)
R100,000,000
R10,000,000
Surrounding Property
R10,000,000
Removal to Gain Access
Debris Removal
ew
Documentation
R50,000,000
C
Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Surrounding Property – Watercraft
op
Work done on Marine vessels
R10,000,000
R1,000,000
R100,000
R2,500,000
Claims Preparation Costs
R500,000
Maximum testing / commissioning period
60 days
5,000 metres
Maximum open trench limitation
5,000 metres
"P
re
vi
Maximum un-sealed / un-primed base course limitation
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 14 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Deductibles
nl
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
y"
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
O
Loss or damage arising out of major perils (where the term shall include storm, rain, tempest,
wind, flood, theft and / or malicious damage, subsidence,
collapse, earthquake, testing, commissioning
R 25,000
R 15,000
y
Loss or damage arising from any other cause
R 25,000
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property
op
Removal of Debris
R 25,000
R 75,000
Loss or damage to Documentation
R 5,000
"P
re
vi
ew
Road Reserve / Servitude
C
Loss or damage to Surrounding Property – Worked Upon
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 15 -
R250,000
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
All Contracts Entailing Trenching and / or Layer Works
y"
Following additional Deductibles apply over and above the aforestated deductibles: - i.e. in excess of 1,000
metres
20% of loss / minimum R50,000
Up to a maximum of 5,000metres
20% of loss / minimum R100,000
O
It is essential that this is brought to the attention of Contractor’s.
Where this restriction is not practical, specific arrangements for
cover can be made with underwriters. They will, however, require
detailed underwriting information and an additional premium may
be charged.
op
y
nl
Up to a maximum of 3,000metres
C
Property Insured
The actual Contract Works and all material intended for incorporation into the Works (including Free Issue
Material* the value of which has to be included in the Contract Value declared) and Temporary Works.
ew
N.B.
vi
Temporary works does not include mobile plant, constructional aids, equipment, structures or
works (not being part of the permanent works) which are not intended to be removed from the
Contract Site on completion of the Contract (other than scaffolding shuttering and formwork as well
as construction equipment specifically designed and/or constructed for the Insured Contract and
which is not intended for immediate re-use on another contract) or have no residual value at
completion of the Contract (other than scrap value), solely due to their specialised nature.
re
* Note: Where Transnet for the purposes of the Contract issues materials 'free of charge' to the Contractor
"P
such materials shall be and remain the property of the Transnet. Free Issue Material shall mean any material
provided by or on Transnet's behalf which is to be used in the provision of the Service or incorporated into the
Contract.
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
Loss or damage of money or the like.
Aircraft, waterborne vessels or craft.
Construction plant, tools or equipment.
Losses by disappearance / shortage discovered by taking of routine inventory.
Defective material workmanship design plan or specification (but resultant damage covered).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 16 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Cost of re-design, improvement, betterment or alteration.
Consequential loss.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Liquidated damages or penalties for delay in connection with guarantee or performance or efficiency.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 17 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Air transit (unless in territorial limits).
y"
Ocean transit or whilst in storage thereafter (unless immediately inspected by an independent party
after offloading from vessel).
During the Contractual Defects Liability or Maintenance Period (as may be described in the Insured
Contract) pertaining to any part of the permanent works but only in respect of loss or damage:
nl
i) arising from a cause occurring prior to commencement of such period of maintenance or defects
liability period
O
ii) arising from any act or omission of the Insured his Servants or Agents, in the course of the work
carried out in pursuance of the Insured’s obligations with regard to maintenance under the
Contract.
Wear, tear, gradual deterioration rust, corrosion or oxidation and normal up-keep.
y
Electrical or mechanical breakdown or explosion to machinery or plant which has operated under load
conditions prior to commencement of the Insured Contract or which has occurred after the Testing /
Commissioning Period specified in the Policy.
op
Damage to any property insured due to ingress of mud, silt, water, debris unless pipe ends have been
sealed on termination of each days work by means of end caps as prescribed in the policy.
Damage to any unsealed / unprimed or base course in excess of limitations as stated in the policy.
C
Damage to any open trench in excess of the limitations as stated in the policy.
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
"P
re
vi
ew
Sinking (whether partial or in whole) of any watercraft arising out of or in consequence of any work
undertaken below the load line ( international load line / plimsoll line).
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 18 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Summary of Cover
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Contractors Public Liability Insurance
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 19 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
2. Contractors Public Liability Insurance
y"
Insured Contracts
All contracts up to a maximum value of R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT) any one contract.
nl
Limited to a maximum contract period of 36 months followed by a maximum Defects Liability /
Maintenance period of 12 months.
Legal Liability to pay as compensation for and in consequence of:
O
Synopsis of Cover
y
Accidental death of or injury to or illness or disease contracted by any person.
op
Accidental loss of / or physical damage to tangible property.
Occurring during the period of insurance and arising out of or in connection with the performance of the
Insured Contract(s).
C
First Party Property* Extension will apply to the Lateral Support policy extensions.
* Note: Coverage for the insured's personal and real property.
ew
Type Of Contract
All Contracts undertaken including:Chemical Vegetation Control
vi
Vegetation Rehabilitation
Ballast Tamping
re
Rail Track Re-profiling including the contract works
Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
N.B.
The above noted contract types attract specific differentiated rates and are insured by way of a separate
policy.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 20 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Limits Of Indemnity
R10,000,000 any one occurrence / unlimited for
the Period of Insurance
R25,000,000 unlimited for the Period of Insurance
(provided on request only
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
R500,000 any one occurrence
y"
Contractors Public Liability
Removal of Lateral Support
O
nl
Statutory Legal Defence Costs
Arrest / Assault / Defamation
Emergency Medical Expenses
Prevention of Access
Trespass / Nuisance
Claims Preparation Costs
y
Deductibles
op
The deductible (excess) is the amount which the Contractor and/or Sub-Contractor is responsible for and this
obligation must be reflected in the Tender and/or Contract Documents and the responsibility for same made
clear.
The deductibles are:
C
The deductibles apply to each and every occurrence and in respect of all Contracts.
R25,000
Spread of fire
R250,000
Spread of fire – track re-profiling
R250,000
Loss of or damage to any other property
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from removal of lateral support
R25,000
Loss of or damage arising from the burning of fire breaks
R250,000
Loss of or damage arising out of vegetation control
including but not limited to the use of pesticides
and or herbicides
R250,000
"P
re
`
vi
ew
Loss of or damage to public utilities
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 21 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Main Exceptions
The amount of the policy deductible.
y"
Death or injury to own employees.
Motor vehicle liabilities under legislation or as defined in Multi-lateral Motor Vehicles Accident Fund
No. 93 of 1989 as amended.
nl
Claims in connection with ownership or use of aircraft or watercraft.
Property belonging to the Insured or in his care custody and control (as defined in the Policy).
Property forming part of Contract Works.
O
Liquidated damages or penalties for delays or in respect of performance or efficiency guarantees.
Liability arising out of defects in workmanship materials design plan or specification in any part of the
Property insured.
y
Arising from or in connection with design plan or specification.
op
Gradual pollution and contamination.
Sudden unintended and unforeseen seepage, pollution or contamination including the cost of
removing, nullifying or cleaning up in respect of both ocean and harbour going watercraft outside of
dry dock.
Punitive damages.
C
After completion and handover (inclusive of the contractual Defects / Maintenance period).
Ownership hiring or leasing of any airport or airstrip.
ew
War, asbestos and nuclear risks.
Cover Limitations / Warranties
Rail Track Re-Profiling
The maximum speed of any grinding unit shall not exceed 11.00km per hour.
-
All Guards, Curtains, Spark Deflectors are to be in place and correctly positioned prior to the
commencement of each grind.
re
vi
-
Maximum grinding distance in any one execution shall not exceed 10,000 metres.
-
Any changes in prevailing weather conditions must be recorded and appropriate remedial action
taken.
"P
-
-
The Insured Parties are to comply with all Fire Fighting requirements as set out in the Project
Specification For Track Maintenance With An On Track Grinding / Profiling Machine and any
amendments / deviations to this Project Specification are to be advised to the Insurer prior to work
being undertaken.
NB: Failure to thoroughly pre-plan and document the safety measures to be adopted with specific regards tp
the incidence of fires being initiated during the execution of the work will invalidate indemnity provided in
respect of fire arising out of track re-profiling works.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 22 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
It is essential that this requirement is brought to the attention of
Contractor’s. Where this restriction is not practical, specific
arrangements for cover can be made with underwriters. They will,
however, require detailed underwriting information and an
additional premium may be charged.
nl
y"
O
Other Limitations
Indemnity for removal of lateral support is limited to R25,000,000.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
If a higher limit of indemnity is required, the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel needs to be
advised and underwriting information will need to be provided in advance (i.e prior to Tender stage)
and this will entail an additional premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 23 -
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Administrative Procedures
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 24 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Administrative Procedures
Arranging Insurance cover
y"
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units must
Complete the Declaration Form per Part A as per Annexure 1 herein.
Date and sign the Declaration Form.
O
Submit the Declaration Form to the Broker.
nl
Prior to the commencement of each Contract:-
y
In addition, if the Declaration is being submitted after the commencement date, a separate
letter is required stating that, after specific enquiry, The Insured is not aware of any incidents
which may give rise to claim/s under this policy. (No Known Incidents Declaration).
op
On receipt of late declarations which are not accompanied by a “No Known Incidents
Declaration”, the Insurance declaration will not be accepted and no cover will be in force.
Record the Declaration on the Contract Monthly Register and submit this Register at the end of each
month to Transnet Group Insurance and the Broker.
C
On receipt of the Declaration Form the Broker will submit it to the Insurer and the following documents will be
issued and provided to the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units:An Insurance Certificate and a SASRIA Coupon evidencing cover.
A Debit Note in respect of the premiums due (based on agreed rates).
In terms of SASRIA Regulations, where the Contract Value exceeds R2 million, the physical
address of the contract is mandatory. If no physical address i.e. where Track is being worked
upon, the start and end points are required.
ew
NB
Prior to the expiry of each Declarations estimated completion date:-
vi
Confirm to the Broker that the contract will be completed on time.
re
On completion submit to the Broker a Declaration of the final contract value per Part B as per
Annexure 1 herein.
NB
If the original completion date is not going to be achieved, the period of insurance on the Declaration
document will need to be extended and the Broker needs to be notified prior to original completion
date.
"P
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units (prior to the expiry date of the certificate period) has
to advise the Broker in writing to extend the period of insurance and provide the new estimated
completion date.
NB
If a completion date needs to be extended and the Broker is not advised prior to the original
completion date, all SASRIA cover will cease on the originally declared completion date as
there is no hold covered arrangement with SASRIA.
A new SASRIA Coupon will then only be issued for the extension period from the date when
the Insurer is advised in writing by the Broker.
Under these circumstances the new SASRIA Coupon will be subject to an additional premium,
subject to the minimum premium.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 25 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
This process needs to be followed by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units until the time of
completion is achieved.
y"
Once the Contract has been completed:-
nl
The Operating Divisions and Specialist Units have to declare the final contract value to the Broker per
Part B as per Annexure 1 herein.
O
The deposit premium will then be adjusted accordingly.
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Failure by the Operating Divisions and Specialist Units to conform to the above
procedure will result in cover being voided.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 26 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Contracts that require specific arrangements
y"
All contracts that fall outside the scope of this Principal Controlled Insurance Programme have to be advised
to the Broker prior to Tender and specific “One Off” cover will need to be negotiated. These will be:
Where the Contract Value exceeds R100,000,000 (Inclusive of VAT)
nl
Where the Contracted period exceeds 36 months.
Where the Contracted Defects Liability Maintenance period exceeds 12 months.
O
Other excluded Contracts as described on Page 8 /9 herein.
Contracts involving harbor wet risks*, dams, tunneling, mining, quarrying, shaft sinking, underground
work, alterations to water courses being river diversions or coffer dams.
y
Contracts outside of the Territorial Limits.
op
In this regard contact the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel as detailed on Page 33 herein.
C
Contracts where cover limitations will be exceeded or where cover warranties cannot be complied with need
to be discussed with the Employers Insurance Broker’s personnel prior to contract award date to enable the
Broker to make specific arrangements with Underwriters. This will however require detailed Underwriting
Information and an additional premium may be charged.
In order to ensure that Contractor’s and site staff are aware of
procedures a copy of this Procedure Manual must be supplied to
the contract administrators and each Contractor on award of
contract..
vi
ew
"P
re
* Note: Harbour Wet Risks shall mean all work entailing or involving work in or upon water whether
partially or fully submerged such as but not limited to quay walls, wharfs seawalls, caissons,
breakwaters, jetties, piers, deepening or widening and dredging of ports and other off-shore risks
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 27 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Important Considerations
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 28 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Important Considerations
Cognizance must be taken of the following important considerations:-
y"
For contracts involving assembly or erection of plant and machinery or repairs maintenance or
overhaul thereto, THE FULL NEW REPLACEMENT VALUE OF THE PLANT/MACHINERY involved
must be declared AND NOT ONLY THE CONTRACT VALUE, for example.:
Cranes (repairs or final assembly)
Machinery being moved
Maintenance or new works on existing Portnet Vessels whilst moored or in dry dock.
O
nl
y
Specific arrangements are in place to cover certain contracts where the exposure to own damage
(damage to the works) is nil or negligible, but where a high third party liability exposure exists. For
example:
Chemical control of vegetation
Vegetation rehabilitation
Ballast tamping
Re-profiling of Track
Burning of Fire Breaks
Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
C
op
ew
Contracts of this nature must be clearly identified on the Declaration Form.
Contract value must include the replacement value of any Free Issue Material provided.
vi
VAT must be added to all contract value declarations in order to comply with local legislation.
"P
re
All policy limits and deductibles are Vat inclusive.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 29 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Claims Procedure
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 30 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Claims Procedure
y"
In the event of any incident or occurrence, which is likely, to give rise to a claim under the Insurance
arranged by the Principal the following procedures shall be adhered to in addition to any statutory or other
requirements contained in the Contract.
nl
All incidents that could give rise to claim under the Principal Controlled Insurances, HAVE TO BE reported to
the Broker / Insurer within a 90 (Ninety) day period from date of loss.
O
IMMEDIATELY advise Aon Construction & Engineering Risks
(Attention Sandra Botha).
At the same time complete the Incident Advice Form (Annexure 2 herein) and submit to Aon
Construction & Engineering Risks.
y
Losses involving theft or malicious damage must be reported to the police and a police reference
number obtained and recorded.
op
The Employer, Contactor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) shall allow free access to Insurers’ Loss Adjuster(s)
and / or Employer’s Insurance Broker for the purpose of investigation and assessing the loss or
damage.
The Employer, Contractor(s) shall not deal direct with the Insurers other than by co-operating with
their Loss Adjuster(s) and / or the Employers Insurance Broker.
C
No Admission of Liability shall be made by the Employer, Contractor(s) or Sub-Contractor(s) in the
event of damage, loss or injury to third party property or persons.
ew
Letters from claimants should be passed to Aon Construction & Engineering Risks as soon as
possible via the Employer if necessary.
In the event of immediate repairs being necessary in the interest of safety, the Contractors may with
the Employer’s permission proceed with such repairs.
The Employer shall immediately advise Sandra Botha at Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
vi
Other than in the circumstances described above the Contractor shall not proceed with the making
good of any loss without the prior authorization of the Employer who shall advise the Insurer’s
appointed Loss Adjuster(s) and Sandra Botha of Aon Construction & Engineering Risks.
re
Upon commencement of the making good of any loss, the Contractor shall keep separate records of
the costs involved in making good such loss and these records must be authenticated by the Employer
for submission to the Insurer’s or their Loss Adjuster(s). Such records shall include, inter alia, the
entire cost of labour, materials, transport and equipment.
"P
The basis upon which the Insurers will indemnify loss or damage is the cost of repair or replacement of
the loss or damage including, inter alia, transport and overheads.
On completion of the making good of any loss the records of the costs involved having been
authenticated by the Employer shall be sent to the Insurer’s via their Loss Adjuster(s) and copied to
Aon Construction & Engineering Risks (Mrs. Sandra Botha) for processing.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 31 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Upon the amount of the loss or damage being agreed upon by the Insurer’s Loss Adjuster(s) and the
Contractor, an “Agreement of Loss” form will be signed by the Contractor and Employer.
All incidents which could give rise to a claim under the insurances
arranged by the Principal / Employer must be notified to the
Broker without delay, per the procedures set out above
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
The amount agreed upon by the Insurers, the Contractor and the Employer shall be paid by the
Insurers to the Employer net of the deductible, who will arrange for the payment to be made to the
Contractor as appropriate after deduction of the first amount payable.
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 32 -
y
O
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
op
Aon South Africa Personnel
"P
re
vi
ew
C
Construction and Engineering Division
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 33 -
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
Aon South Africa Personnel
nl
y"
Construction and Engineering Division
▪
Judy Bath
Account Administrator
Tel No.
(011)944 7053
Fax No.
(086)505 9553
E-Mail
[email protected]
▪
Sandra Botha
Claims Manager
Tel No.
Fax No.
E-Mail
y
George Davis
Senior Accounts Executive
Tel No.
(011) 944 7103
Fax No.
(086) 505 9558
E-Mail
[email protected]
C
op
▪
O
Aon South Africa personnel are at all times available for advice, please feel free to contact :-
"P
re
vi
ew
(011)944-7118
(086)556 7169
[email protected]
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010 / 2011
O
Annexure 1
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
Transnet Principal Controlled Construction Insurance
Programme Contract Award Declaration (Part A) And
Contract Completion Declaration (Part B)
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 35 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER……………………………………………………………
PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER…………………………………………………
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Judy Bath
Tel No.
(011) 944-7053
Fax No.
086 505 9553
E-Mail:
[email protected]
y"
From (Operating Unit/Specialist Div)………………………..
Postal Address
……………………………………………..
…………………………………………….
..........................................................
Represented by
..........................................................
E-Mail Address
..........................................................
Tel No.
..........................................................
Fax No.
..........................................................
LONG TERM MAINTENANCE / MULTIPLE WORKS
CONTRACT with a SERVICE LEVEL AGREEMENT
OTHER
O
TYPE OF CONTRACT
MARK WITH AN ‘X’ IF
APPLICABLE:
NAME OF CONTRACTOR
nl
PART A – CONTRACT AWARD INFORMATION
CONTRACT AWARD DATE
CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
EXPECTED CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
y
DESCRIPTION OF CONTRACT WORKS
op
PHYSICAL ADDRESS WHERE CONTRACT IS TAKING PLACE (COMPULSARY FOR ALL CONTRACTS R2M AND OVER)
MAINTENANCE PERIOD (MONTHS)
CONTRACT VALUE AT AWARD
C
IF PLANT AND MACHINERY INCLUDE REPLACEMENT VALUE
ESTIMATED VALUE OF FREE ISSUED SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
IS REMOVAL OF LATERAL SUPPORT COVER REQUIRED?
DOES THIS CONTRACT EVIDENCE AN EXPOSURE WHICH CAN BE COVERED BY
PROJECT DELAY INSURANCE?
WILL THE EMPLOYER/CONTRACTOR/SUB-CONTRACTOR MAKE ANY DIRECT IMPORTS OF
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE CONTRACT THAT REQUIRE MARINE IMPORT INSURANCE?
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
"P
[III]
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
OPTIONAL INSURANCE REQUIRED
re
[I]
[II]
CHEMICAL CONTROL OF VEGETATION
VEGETATION REHABILITATION
BALLAST TAMPING
TRACK RE-PROFILING
BURNING OF FIRE BREAKS
GEOTECHNICAL AND EXPLORATORY WORKS
vi
[I]
[II]
[III]
[IV]
[V]
[VI]
ew
DOES THIS CONTRACT ENTAIL WORK IN RESPECT OF THE FOLLOWING CATEGORIES WHERE THE EXPOSURE TO OWN
DAMAGE (DAMAGE TO WORKS) IS NIL OR NEGLIGIBLE
IF SO DETAILS NEED TO BE PROVIDED TO THE BROKER SO THAT THIS FORM OF COVER CAN BE ARRANGED
SIGNATURE ……………………………………………………
DATE: ………………………………………………
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
PART B – CONTRACT COMPLETION DECLARATION
CONTRACT NUMBER
nl
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y"
ORIGINAL CONTRACT NO. ……………..
PURCHASE ORDER NO. …………………
CONTRACT COMPLETION DATE
O
ENDORSEMENT/CERTIFICATE NUMBER
EXPIRY OF MAINTENANCE PERIOD
FINAL CONTRACT VALUE
C
op
y
ACTUAL VALUE OF FREE ISSUE SUPPLIED TO CONTRACTOR
"P
re
vi
ew
SIGNATURE:……………………………………………
DATE:……………………………………………………………..
O
Annexure 2
nl
y"
Procedure Manual
Principal Controlled Insurance 2010
op
y
Incident Advice Form
"P
re
vi
ew
C
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
Aon Transnet PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
- 34 -
TRANSNET PRINCIPAL CONTROLLED INSURANCE PROGRAMME
INCIDENT ADVICE FORM
TRANSNET UNIQUE CLAIM NUMBER ……………………………….....
..........................................................
..........................................................
Tel No.
Fax No.
..........................................................
..........................................................
y"
From
Represented by
nl
Send to
Aon South Africa (Pty) Ltd
Construction and Engineering
PO Box 1874
Parklands
2121
Attention : Sandra Botha
Tel No.
(011) 944 7118
Fax No.
(086) 556 7169
E-Mail:
[email protected]
PRINCIPAL (PER CONTRACT DOCUMENT
O
CONTRACT NUMBER
ORIGINAL DECLARATON NO.
TITLE OF CONTRACT
y
ORIGINAL CONTRACT COMMENCEMENT DATE
DATE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE
op
DATED REPORTED TO SITE AGENT
REPORTED BY
DATE
LOCALITY OF INCIDENT
C
REPORTED TO BY
ew
DETAILS OF HOW THE LOSS OR DAMAGE OCCURRED
DETAILS AND NATURE OF LOSS OR DAMAGE TO CONTRACT WORKS / TO THIRD PARTY PROPERTY
DETAILS OF OTHER DEATH OR INJURY TO PARTIES
ESTIMATED COST (SEPARATE RECORDS OF ALL COSTS MUST BE KEPT)
vi
WHO OR WHAT APPEARS TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CAUSE OF THE LOSS / DAMAGE
DESIGNATION:
TELEPHONE (LANDLINE)
CELLPHONE NO.
re
PERSON WHOM ASSESSOR SHOULD CONTACT
"P
E-MAIL ADDRESS
ALL INCIDENTS HAVE TO BE REPORTED WITHIN 90 DAYS OF OCCURRENCE
SIGNED BY: …………………………………………………………
SIGNATURE: …………………………………………..
COMPANY: ……………………………………………………….
DATE: …………………………………………………..
nl
y"
Annexure 3
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
Annual Contract Works & Contractors Public Liability
And Lateral Support Policy Wording
y"
nl
O
Annexure 4
y
Annual Contractors Public Liability Policy Wording
op
In respect of Contracts entailing:-
C
■ Chemical Vegetation Rehabilitation
■ Vegetation Rehabilitation
ew
■ Ballast Tamping
■ Rail Track Re-Profiling
■ Burning of Fire Breaks
"P
re
vi
■ Geotechnical and Exploratory Works
Aon Transnet-PCI-Procedure Manual 2010
-36 -
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
y"
O
ew
vi
re
"P
y
op
C
nl
O
y"
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
O
nl
y"
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
TRANSNET SOC LIMITED
(REGISTRATION NO.1990/000900/06)
TRADING AS
op
y
TRANSNET FREIGHT RAIL
ew
C
NEC3 Engineering & Construction Contract (ECC3)
vi
RFP NO. S.I.E 10032 CIDB
"P
re
TENDER DOCUMENT FOR THE REFURBISHMENT OF
SOUTH PORTAL, QUAIL, NOTTINGHAM ROAD,
DANSKRAAL, ELANDSLAAGTE, WASBANK AND
GLENCOE 3kV DC TRACTION SUBSTATIONS.
OPENS:
6 JUNE 2011
CLOSES: 26 JULY 2011 (10h00)
Tender
Tender Cover
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. SIE10032
Refurbishment of 3Kv substations
PART T1:
TENDERING PROCEDURES
T1.1 TENDER NOTICE AND INVITATION TO TENDER
RFP No. SIE10032CIDB
nl
y"
Transnet Limited trading as Transnet Freight Rail invites tenders for the refurbishment of South
Portal, Quail, Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Elandslaagte, Wasbank and Glencoe traction
substations.
O
Tenderers should have a CIDB contractor grading designation of 8EP or higher. Potentially
emerging enterprises (7EP PE) who satisfy criteria stated in the Tender Data may submit tender
offers. Only Tenderers who are registered with the CIDB, are eligible to submit tenders
The physical address for collection of tender documents is: Transnet Freight Rail, Tender Advice
Centre, Ground Floor, Inyanda House 1, 21 Wellington Road, Parktown.
op
y
Tender documents may be collected during working hours after 08h00 on Monday, 6th June 2011
and will only be available until 15h00 on Friday, 17th June 2011.
C
Payment of an amount of R1000.00 (per set), (not refundable) is to be made to Transnet Freight
Rail at the Standard Bank, account number 203158595, branch code 4805, reference no. RFP No.
SIE10032CIDB. The official Bank receipt(s) franked with the official Bank stamp to be provided
with the collection of a tender document. No tenders will be sold after 15h00 on Friday, 17th June
2011 deadline.
vi
ew
Queries relating to the administrative issues of these documents may be addressed to:
Me. Delisiwe Mngomezulu
Tel No. 011- 5841129
Fax No. 011-7749602
E mail: [email protected]
Or
re
Mrs. Sarah Assegaai
E-mail. [email protected]
"P
A compulsory three-day clarification meeting and site inspection with representatives of the
Employer will take place at the Infrastructure Maintenance Depot, Lyell Road, Ladysmith on
Tuesday, 21st June 2011, Wednesday, 22nd June 2011 and Thursday, 23rdJune 2011 starting
at 09h00. The clarification meeting will be followed by compulsory site inspections of all substations.
Tenderers without a valid tender document in their possession will not be allowed to attend this
compulsory clarification meeting and site inspection. Tenderers shall be responsible for their own
travel arrangements and cost regarding the site meeting and site inspection.
Transnet reserves the right to accept the whole or any part of a tender. Transnet also reserves the
right to negotiate terms and conditions with all, or a short-listed group of contenders, or the preferred
tenderer, should it be deemed necessary.
This tender closes punctually at 10h00 on Tuesday, 26th July 2011.
Part T1
Tendering procedures
Page 1 of 4
T1.1
Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. SIE10032
Refurbishment of 3Kv substations
Tenders may only be submitted on the tender documentation that is issued.
telephonic, facsimile and late tenders will not be accepted.
Telegraphic,
Tenderers are warned that a tender will be liable for disqualification should any attempt be made
by a Tenderer to either directly or indirectly to canvass any officer(s) or employees of Transnet
Limited in respect of a tender between the date the tender is submitted and the date of the award.
A Tenderer may, however, at any time communicate with the Chairperson of the Transnet Freight
Rail Acquisition Council, at telephone no. 011 5449486 on any matter relating to his tender.
nl
y"
Envelopes must not contain documents relating to any tender other than that shown on the envelope.
No slips are to be attached to the tender documents. Any additional conditions must be embodied in
an accompanying letter. Alterations, additions or deletions must not be made by the Tenderer to the
actual tender documents. Tenders submitted by Tenderers must be neatly bound and the inclusion
of loose documents must be avoided.
O
Requirements for sealing, addressing, delivery, opening and assessment of tenders are stated in
the Tender Data.
op
y
Compliance of tender(s) with Transnet's requirements is the sole responsibility of the Tenderer and
any costs incurred in subsequent modifications to or replacement of equipment accepted by
Transnet Limited in good faith on the grounds of certified compliance with specified standards by
the contractor and in fact found to be inadequate in such respects, will be to the relevant
Tenderer's account
BROAD-BASED BLACK ECONOMIC EMPOWERMENT (“BBBEE”)
ew
C
TRANSNET fully endorses and supports the South African Government’s Broad-Based Black
Economic Empowerment Programme and it is strongly of the opinion that all business enterprises
have an equal obligation to redress the imbalances of the past. TRANSNET would therefore prefer
to do business with business enterprises who share these same values and who are prepared to
contribute to meaningful BBBEE initiatives (including and not limited to enterprise development,
subcontracting and Joint Ventures) as part of their tender response.
vi
Transnet would accordingly allow a “preference” in accordance with the 10% preference system,
as per the Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act 5 of 2000 (as amended) to companies
who provide a BBBEE accreditation Certificate. All procurement and disposal transactions in
excess of R30000 will be evaluated accordingly. All transactions below R30000 will as far as
possible be earmarked for EME’s.
re
TRANSNET consequently urges Respondents (Large enterprises and QSE’s – see below) to have
themselves duly accredited by any one of the Accreditation Agencies approved by SANAS (South
African National Accreditation System, under the auspices of the DTI).
"P
In terms of Government Gazette No. 32467, Notice No. 810 dated 31 July 2009, as from 1
February 2010 only BBBEE certificates issued by Accredited Verification Agencies of
Verification Agencies that are in possession of a valid pre-assessment letter from South
African National Accreditation System will be valid.
However accreditation certificates issued by non-accredited verification agencies before 01
February 2010 and which are still within their one (1) year validity period will still be
acceptable, until their expiry date provided that the accreditation was done in accordance
with the latest codes (i.e. those promulgated on 9 February 2007).
BBBEE Accreditation Certificates issued after the published date i.e. 01 February 2010, by a
Verification Agency not approved by SANAS, will NOT be acceptable as from 01 February
2010.
Part T1
Tendering procedures
Page 2 of 4
T1.1
Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. SIE10032
Refurbishment of 3Kv substations
Enterprises will be rated by such Accreditation Agencies based on the following:
(a)
Large Enterprises (i.e. annual turnover >R35 million):
Rating level based on all 7 (seven) elements of the BBBEE scorecard
Enterprises to provide BBBEE certificate and detailed scorecard (to be renewed
annually)
(b)
Qualifying Small Enterprises – QSE (i.e. annual turnover >R5 million but <R35
million):
y"
Rating based on any 4 (four) of the elements of the BBBEE scorecard
Enterprises to provide BBBEE certificate and detailed scorecard (to be renewed
annually)
(c)
nl
Exempted Micro Enterprises – EME (i.e. annual turnover <R5m are exempted from
being rated or verified):
O
Automatic BBBEE Level 4 rating, irrespective of race ownership, i.e. 100% BBBEE
recognition
Black ownership >50% or Black Women ownership >30% automatically qualify as Level
3 BBBEE rating, i.e. 110% BBBEE recognition
op
y
EME’s should provide documentary proof of annual turnover (i.e. audited financials)
plus proof of Black ownership if Black ownership >50% or Black Women ownership
>30% (to be renewed annually) from their Auditors / Accounting Officers
C
In addition to the above, Respondents who wish to enter into a Joint Venture (JV) or subcontract
portions of the contract to BBBEE companies must state in their Tenders / Proposals the
percentage of the total contract value which would be allocated to such BBBEE companies, should
they be successful in being awarded any business. A rating certificate in respect of such BBBEE
JV-partners and/or sub-contractors, as well as a breakdown of the distribution of the
aforementioned percentage allocation must also be furnished with the tender response to enable
Transnet to evaluate / adjudicate on all tenders received on a fair basis.
ew
Each Respondent is required to furnish proof of its BBBEE status (Certificate and Detailed
Scorecard) and ensure that the documentation is valid at the date of Tender Submission as
stipulated above to TRANSNET.
vi
Failure to submit your BBBEE Certificate and Detailed Scorecard will result in a score of zero
being allocated for BBBEE evaluation.
re
Turnover: Indicate your company’s most recent annual turnover:
If annual turnover <R5m, please attach auditors / accounting officers letter confirming annual
turnover and percentage black ownership as well as Black Women ownership
If annual turnover >R5m please attach BBBEE certificate and detailed scorecard from an
accredited rating agency.
"P
•
R…………………………………………………………..
•
The DTI has created an online B-BBEE Registry (http://www.dti.gov.za) in order to provide a
central and standardized source of the B-BBEE status of all entities, and to facilitate the flow of this
information amongst entities by providing a Unique Profile Number (UPN) per each listing. Existing
and prospective suppliers are therefore urged to list their B-BBEE status on the DTI Registry.
Hence, entities verified by DTI, will receive the following benefits:
-
Their BBBEE status will be verified and confirmed by the DTI, before listing on the Registry
Part T1
Tendering procedures
Page 3 of 4
T1.1
Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
-
RFP No. SIE10032
Refurbishment of 3Kv substations
Listing on the Registry will provide suppliers the option to market themselves on the DTI BBBEE Opportunities Network. This is a search engine that is designed to help businesses find
B-BBEE compliant entities who match specific requirements in terms of the nature of
services/goods provided, region, B-BBEE status or other search criteria.
Transnet supports this DTI initiative and will use the DTI Registry to verify prospective and existing
suppliers’ BBBEE credentials.
Kindly provide Transnet with your DTI B-BBEE UNIQUE PROFILE NUMBER with all tender
submissions.
y"
DTI BBBEE UNIQUE PROFILE NUMBER:
nl
…………………………….……………………
Failure to submit your BBBEE information in terms of the above-mentioned clauses will result in a
score of zero being allocated for BBBEE evaluation.
y
O
Suppliers and Tenderers are requested to duly complete the Supplier Declaration Form (SDF) and
provide all the relevant supporting attachments as requested. Failure to provide the following may
disqualify your tender submission:1.
Duly completed SDF
2.
Current tax clearance certificate
op
The Supplier and Tenderer shall furnish proof of the above to Transnet.
Transnet at its sole discretion may decide to allow certain price preferences in order to uplift the
historically disadvantaged in terms of the PPPFA (Act 5 of 2000).
ew
C
Transnet insists on honesty and integrity beyond reproach at all times and will not tolerate any form
of improper influencing, bribery, corruption, fraud, or any other unethical conduct on the part of
bidders/ Transnet employees. If, in the opinion of Transnet’s Chief Operating Officer, a
tenderer/contractor/ supplier has or has caused to be promised, offered or given to any Transnet
employee, any bribe, commission, gift, loan, advantage or other consideration, Transnet shall be
entitled to revoke the tender / contract by following its internal policies that govern the Exclusion
process. In such an event Transnet will be entitled to place any Tenderer/Contractor/Supplier who
has contravened the provisions of Transnet’s business ethics on its List of Excluded Tenderers.
This List will also be distributed to all other State Owned Enterprises and Government
Departments.
Toll free anonymous hotline – 0800 003 056
Email – [email protected]
Fax number – 0800 007 788
Freepost DN 298, Umhlanga Rocks, 4320
"P
re
•
•
•
•
vi
Transnet invites its valued suppliers to report any allegations of fraud, corruption or other unethical
activities to Transnet Tip-offs Anonymous, at any of the following addresses/contract numbers :-
CONFIDENTIALITY IS GUARANTEED.
Part T1
Tendering procedures
Page 4 of 4
T1.1
Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
C1.2 CONTRACT DATA PROVIDED BY CONTRACTOR (ECC3)
Part Two – Data Provided by the Contractor
y"
Completion of the data in full, according to the Options chosen, is
essential to create a complete contract.
Statements given in all
nl
contracts
O
(a) The Contractor is
Name
............................ ...........
Address
........................................
y
........................................
op
........................................
(b) The direct fee percentage is . . . . . . . . . . %
C
(c) The subcontracted fee percentage is . . . . . . . . . . %
ew
(d) The working areas are the Site and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.................................................
(e)
The key people are
re
vi
(1)
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................
"P
Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................
..............................................
(2)
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................
Contract
Part C1: Agreement and Contract Data
Page 1 of 3
C1.2
Contract Data provided by Contractor
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................
..............................................
(3)
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y"
..............................................
Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
nl
Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
..............................................
(4)
O
..............................................
Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Job . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y
Responsibilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
op
..............................................
Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Experience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C
..............................................
..............................................
ew
(f) The following matters will be included in the Risk Register
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
vi
...............................................
re
...............................................
(a) If the Contractor is to provide Works Information for his design
The Works Information for the Contractor’s design is in
"P
Optional statements
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
...............................................
(b) If a programme is to be identified by the Contract Data.
The programme identified in the Contract Data is
Contract
Part C1: Agreement and Contract Data
Page 2 of 3
C1.2
Contract Data provided by Contractor
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Contract No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
...............................................
(c) If the Contractor is to decide the completion date for the whole
of the works
The completion date for the whole of works is
...............................................
The percentage for people overheads is ………..%.
(b)
The published list of Equipment is the last edition of the list
published by
…………………………………………
(c)
The percentage for adjustment for Equipment in the published list
is ……………….% (state plus or minus).
(d)
The rates for other Equipment are
Equipment
size or capacity
……………………
………………
……………………
………………
……………………
………………
……………………
………………
……………………
………………
O
nl
(a)
The hourly rates for Defined Cost of design outside the Working
Areas are
category of employee
hourly rate
ew
(e)
Senior Engineer
…………….
Junior Engineer
…………….
Draughtsperson
…………….
Tracer
………….…
vi
re
"P
(f)
rate
………
………
………
………
………
C
op
y
Data for SSCC
y"
If Option A or B is used
The percentage of design overheads is ………………%
(g) The categories of design employees whose travelling expenses to
and from the Working Areas are included in Defined Cost are all of
the categories listed above.
Contract
Part C1: Agreement and Contract Data
Page 3 of 3
C1.2
Contract Data provided by Contractor
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
T2.2 RETURNABLE SCHEDULES
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Certificate of Attendance at Clarification meeting
•
Combined Technical Data Sheet of the following specifications:
y"
nl
O
op
y
Transnet Limited: Contractual Safety clauses which will form part of any resulting
contract
C
BBB0041 version 4
BBB0496 version 13
BBB0845 version 4
BBB0937 version 4
BBB1267 version 10
BBB2502 version 6
BBB2721 version 10
BBB3005 version 1
BBB3139 version 1
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
BBB3162 version 1
BBB3890 version 2
BBB4724 version 4
BBB5019 version 5
BBB7842 version 1
BBB8204 version 2
CEE.0099.2010
RFP Declaration form
"P
re
vi
•
Schedule of proposed Sub-Contractors
Schedule of Plant and Equipment (Tools and Machinery)
Foreign Exchange Rate Information
Record of addenda to Tender Document
Proposed amendments and qualifications
Compulsory Enterprise Questionnaire
Preferencing Schedule (direct preferences)
Approach paper, which responds to the proposed scope of work
Experience of key staff in the form of Curriculum Vitae.
Certificate of authority for joint ventures (where applicable)
Supplier Declaration form
ew
1.
2.
3.
4.
5
6
7.
8.
9.
Schedule of Tenderers experience
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 1 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Confirmation of attendance at the information session and the site
visits at actual locations.
The signature of the Transnet representative below, confirms that the below mentioned
individual attended the compulsory tender briefing session and is eligible to participate in the
tender.
I, _____________________________________ (name), a duly authorised representative of
y"
___________________________________________________________ (company name),
Attended the information session
Is conversant with the requirements of the tender
Is in possession of a complete set of the tender documents
O
•
•
•
nl
It is furthermore certified that the above named person, representing the above named
company, has today :
____________________
Date
_____________________________
Company Representative
(Attendance at South Portal substation)
(Attendance at Quail substation)
C
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
op
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
(Attendance at briefing session confirmed)
y
_____________________________
Tender administrator
(Attendance at Nottingham Road substation)
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
(Attendance at Danskraal substation)
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
(Attendance at Elandslaagte substation)
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
(Attendance at Wasbank substation)
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
(Attendance at Glencoe substation)
"P
re
vi
ew
_____________________________
Transnet Representative
NOTE: This fully signed certificate, MUST accompany your tender submission.
Signature:
_____________________________ Date _____________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 2 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Schedule of the Tenderer’s Experience
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
The following is a statement of similar work successfully executed by myself/ourselves:
Value of work
Employer, contact
Description of contract
inclusive of VAT
Date
person and telephone
(Rand)
completed
number
Signed ________________________
Name _________________________
Date _____________________________
Position _________________________
Tenderer _________________________________________________________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 3 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Schedule of Proposed Sub-Contractors
We notify you that it is our intention to employ the following Sub-Contractors for work in this contract.
If we are awarded a contract we agree that this notification does not change the requirement for us to submit the
names of proposed Sub-Contractors in accordance with requirements in the contract for such appointments. If
there are no such requirements in the contract, then your written acceptance of this list shall be binding between us.
We confirm that all Sub-Contractors who are contracted to construct a house are registered as home builders with
the National Home Builders Registration Council.
Nature and extent of work
Previous experience with SubContractor.
y"
Name and address of proposed
Sub-Contractor
nl
1.
y
O
2.
op
3.
ew
C
4.
re
vi
5.
"P
Signed
Name
Date
Position
Tenderer
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 4 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Schedule of Plant and Equipment
The following are lists of major items of relevant Equipment that I/we presently own or lease and will have available
for this contract or will acquire or hire for this contract if my/our tender is accepted.
(a)
Details of major Equipment that is owned by and immediately available for this contract.
Description, size, capacity, etc.
O
nl
y"
Quantity
Attach additional pages if more space is required.
Details of major Equipment that will be hired, or acquired for this contract if my/our tender is acceptable.
y
(b)
Quantity
vi
ew
C
op
Description, size, capacity, etc.
re
Attach additional pages if more space is required.
"P
Signed
Name
Date
Position
Tenderer
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 5 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
FOREIGN EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION REQUIRED TO BE FURNISHED BY
TENDERERS.
1.
Particulars of the exchange rate on which prices are based :
________________ (Foreign currency) equals R___________(South African currency)
y"
Note: Tenderers who offer imported material shall base their tenders on the selling
rate of exchange that ruling on the last working day of the month prior to the
closing date of tenders.
Note:
nl
The percentage of the tender prices which is to be remitted by the tenderers from South
Africa to another country is _______% of the f.o.b./c. and f./f.o.r. in bond price (delete
those not applicable).
(1)
The percentage quoted above will be deemed to apply even though a
portion only of the item(s) tendered for is accepted.
(2)
Adjustment in respect of variation in exchange rate will be allowed only on the
percentage of the tendered price quoted above.
O
2.
The tendered price shall be computed at the rate of exchange stated by the tenderer in
paragraphs 1 and 2 above as applied to the percentage of the tendered price quoted.
4.
Transnet Freight Rail will accept for its account, in respect of such percentage of the
tendered price as will be affected by the rate of exchange, any variation between the
rate mentioned in paragraph 1 above, and the rate ruling at the date when payment for
the goods is made by Transnet Freight Rail; provided that if the Contractor is required to
remit the whole or portion of the contract price to another country in payment for goods
or portion thereof prior to receiving payment from Transnet Freight Rail, the date(s) of
such remittance(s) shall be deemed to be the date(s) of payment by Transnet Freight
Rail for the purposes of this paragraph.
5.
In the absence of a specific indication by the Contractor at the time of tendering that the
proviso to paragraph 3 will apply, it will be assumed that the Contractor desires the
adjustment to be effected by reference to the date on which actual payment is made by
Transnet Freight Rail.
vi
(a)
The Contractor shall, if so required, furnish documentary proof to establish that the
percentage of the contract price specified by him in paragraph 2 has actually been
remitted to another country and the rate of exchange at which that was done.
Whenever the Contractor is required to remit the whole or portion of the contract
price, to another country as contemplated in the proviso to paragraph 2 above, he
shall notify Transnet Freight Rail forthwith and furnish documentary evidence of
such remittance and of the rate of exchange at which that was done.
re
6.
ew
C
op
y
3.
"P
(b)
7.
Invoices in respect of goods supplied must reflect the amount remitted or to be
remitted to another country and the amount to be retained in South Africa.
8.
The contractor shall take out forward cover for all imported materials and
services within 14 days of award of the contract. Proof shall be submitted to
the Project Manager/Manager in charge of the contract. The cost of forward
cover shall be invoiced separate from the contract invoices and shall not be
included in the tender price.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 6 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
________________________
SIGNATURE OF TENDERER
nl
y"
DATE:__________________
WITNESSES:
O
1.__________________________
op
y
2.__________________________
___________________________________
ADDRESS:
C
___________________________________
___________________________________
"P
re
vi
ew
___________________________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 7 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Record of Addenda to tender documents
We confirm that the following communications received from the Employer before the submission of this tender
offer, amending the tender documents, have been taken into account in this tender offer:
Date
Title or Details
1.
y"
2.
nl
3.
4.
O
5.
6.
op
y
7.
8.
C
9.
10.
vi
Signed
ew
Attach additional pages if more space is required.
Name
Date
Position
"P
re
Tenderer
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 8 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Proposed amendments and qualifications
The Tenderer should record any deviations or qualifications he may wish to make to the tender documents in this
Returnable Schedule. Alternatively, a tenderer may state such deviations and qualifications in a covering letter to his
tender and reference such letter in this schedule.
The Tenderer’s attention is drawn to clause F.3.8 of the Standard Conditions of Tender referenced in the Tender
Data regarding the employer’s handling of material deviations and qualifications.
Clause or item
Proposal
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Page
"P
Signed
Name
Date
Position
Tenderer
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 9 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Compulsory Enterprise Questionnaire
The following particulars must be furnished. In the case of a joint venture, separate enterprise questionnaires in
respect of each partner must be completed and submitted.
Section 1:
Name of enterprise: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 2:
VAT registration number. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 3:
CIDB registration number: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Section 4:
Particulars of sole proprietors and partners in partnerships
Personal income tax number*
y"
Identity number*
nl
Name*
Section 5:
Particulars of companies and close corporations
O
* Complete only if sole proprietor or partnership and attach separate page if more than 3 partners
Company registration number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
y
Close corporation number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax reference number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
op
Section 6: Record in the service of the state
Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any sole proprietor, partner in a partnership or director,
manager, principal shareholder or stakeholder in a company or close corporation is currently or has been within
the last 12 months in the service of any of the following:
an employee of any provincial department, national
or provincial public entity or constitutional institution
within the meaning of the Public Finance
Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of 1999)
a member of an accounting authority of any national
or provincial public entity
an employee of Parliament or a provincial legislature
ew
C
a member of any municipal council
a member of any provincial legislature
a member of the National Assembly or the
National Council of Province
a member of the board of directors of any
municipal entity
an official of any municipality or municipal
entity
If any of the above boxes are marked, disclose the following:
Name of institution, public office, board
or organ of state and position held
Status of service
(tick appropriate column)
Current
Within last
12 months
"P
re
vi
Name of sole proprietor,
partner, director, manager,
principal
shareholder
or
stakeholder
*insert separate page if necessary
Section 7: Record of spouses, children and parents in the service of the state
Indicate by marking the relevant boxes with a cross, if any spouse, child or parent of a sole proprietor, partner in
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 10 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
a partnership or director, manager, principal shareholder or stakeholder in a company or close corporation is
currently or has been within the last 12 months been in the service of any of the following:
Name of institution, public office, board
or organ of state and position held
Status of service
(tick appropriate
column)
Current Within last
12 months
y
O
nl
Name of spouse, child or
parent
an employee of any provincial department, national or
provincial public entity or constitutional institution
within the meaning of the Public Finance
Management Act, 1999 (Act 1 of 1999)
a member of an accounting authority of any national
or provincial public entity
an employee of Parliament or a provincial legislature
y"
a member of any municipal council
a member of any provincial legislature
a member of the National Assembly or
the National Council of Province
a member of the board of directors of
any municipal entity
an official of any municipality or
municipal entity
op
*insert separate page if necessary
vi
Signed
ew
C
The undersigned, who warrants that he / she is duly authorized to do so on behalf of the enterprise:
i) authorizes the Employer to obtain a tax clearance certificate from the South African Revenue Services that my
/ our tax matters are in order;
ii) confirms that the neither the name of the enterprise or the name of any partner, manager, director or other
person, who wholly or partly exercises, or may exercise, control over the enterprise appears on the Register of
Tender Defaulters established in terms of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004;
iii) confirms that no partner, member, director or other person, who wholly or partly exercises, or may exercise,
control over the enterprise appears, has within the last five years been convicted of fraud or corruption;
iv) confirms that I / we are not associated, linked or involved with any other tendering entities submitting tender
offers and have no other relationship with any of the tenderers or those responsible for compiling the scope of
work that could cause or be interpreted as a conflict of interest; and
iv) confirms that the contents of this questionnaire are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my
belief both true and correct.
Position
re
Name
Date
"P
Enterprise
name
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 11 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Preferencing schedule where direct preferences are granted in respect of targeted
enterprise status
1 Definitions
Guidance
notes
The following definitions shall apply to this schedule:
Definitions for
Targeted
Enterprises
y"
Contractors registered as potentially emerging enterprises with the CIDB who are registered in
one contractor grading designation lower than that required in terms of above and
who satisfy the following criteria : (7EP PE)
a) has professional and technical qualifications.
b) has professional and technical competence.
c) has managerial capacity, reliability and experience.
d) has financial resources and good reputation.
e) has plant and equipment.
1 Conditions associated with the granting of preferences
nl
The tenderer, who being a Targeted Enterprise undertakes to:
1) not subcontract more than % of the Contract Price to non-Targeted Enterprises;
2) remain a Targeted Enterprise for the duration of the Contract;
3) accept the sanctions set out in Section 3 below should conditions 1 or 2 be breached;
4) complete the Tender Preference Claim Form contained in Section 4 below; and
5) complete a Targeted Declaration Affidavit and submit this with the tender.
O
percentage =
20%
3 Sanctions relating to breaches of preferencing conditions
y
The sanctions for breaching the preferencing conditions are:
1) termination of the Contract; or
2) a financial penalty payable to the Employer equal to 1,25 times the number of tender
evaluation points awarded in respect of the preference claimed, multiplied by the
Contract Price exclusive of VAT, divided by 100.
op
Factor ≥ 1,25
structure of the tendering
Preference claimed for
Targeted
Enterprise
status
(Y=yes)
ew
C
4 Tender preference claim in respect of enterprise status or
entity
I/we apply on behalf of my/our firm for the following preference:
Category
of
Targeted Percentage of maximum
Enterprise
tender evaluation points
provided
for
in
the
Preferential Procurement
Policy Framework Act (Act
5 of 2000)
Minimum
points for
quality =60
vi
The undersigned, who warrants that he / she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the firm or
sole proprieter confirms that he / she understands the conditions under which such preferences
are granted and confirms that the tenderer satisfies the conditions pertaining to the granting of
tender preferences.
re
Signature:
...............................................................................................................................……….
"P
Name:
.......................................................................................................................................………
Duly authorised to sign on behalf of :
............................................................................................………
Telephone : ......................................................................
Fax : ................................................................................
Date : ...............................................................................
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 12 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Evaluation Schedule: Approach paper
The approach paper must respond to the scope of work and outline the proposed approach / methodology including
that relating to health and safety. The approach paper should articulate what value add the tenderer will provide in
achieving the stated objectives for the project.
y"
The tenderer must as such explain his / her understanding of the objectives of the assignment and the Employer’s
stated and implied requirements, highlight the issues of importance, and explain the technical approach they would
adopt to address them. The approach paper should explain the methodologies which are to be adopted,
demonstrate the compatibility of those methodologies with the proposed approach. The approach should also
include a quality plan which outlines processes, procedures and associated resources, applied by whom and when,
to meet the requirements and indicate how risks will be managed and what contribution can be made regarding
value management.
nl
The tenderer must attach his / her approach paper to this page. The approach paper should not be longer than 8
pages.
The scoring of the approach paper will be as follows:
Very good
(score 100)
O
y
Good
(score 90)
op
Satisfactory
(score 70)
Technical approach and methodology
The technical approach and / or methodology is poor / is unlikely to satisfy project objectives or
requirements. The tenderer has misunderstood certain aspects of the scope of work and does not
deal with the critical aspects of the project.
The approach is generic and not tailored to address the specific project objectives and
methodology. The approach does not adequately deal with the critical characteristics of the
project.
The quality plan, manner in which risk is to be managed etc is too generic.
The approach is specifically tailored to address the specific project objectives and methodology
and is sufficiently flexible to accommodate changes that may occur during execution. The quality
plan and approach to managing risk etc is specifically tailored to the critical characteristics of the
project.
Besides meeting the “good” rating, the important issues are approached in an innovative and
efficient way, indicating that the tenderer has outstanding knowledge of state-of-the- art
approaches.
The approach paper details ways to improve the project outcomes and the quality of the outputs
C
Poor
(score 40)
ew
The undersigned, who warrants that he / she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the enterprise, confirms that
the contents of this schedule are within my personal knowledge and are to the best of my belief both true and
correct.
Date
vi
Signed
Name
Position
"P
re
Tenderer
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 13 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Certificate of Authority for Joint Ventures
This Returnable Schedule is to be completed by joint ventures.
We, the undersigned, are submitting this tender offer in Joint Venture and hereby authorise Mr/Ms . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , authorised signatory of the company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , acting in the capacity of lead
y"
partner, to sign all documents in connection with the tender offer and any contract resulting from it on
NAME OF FIRM
nl
our behalf.
ADDRESS
DULY
AUTHORISED
SIGNATORY
ew
C
op
y
O
Lead partner
Signature. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name ……..
Designation
re
vi
Signature. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name ……..
Designation
Signature. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name ……..
Designation
"P
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Signature. . . . . . . . . . . . .
Name ……..
Designation
Page 14 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Transnet Supplier Declaration/Application
The Financial Director or Company Secretary
O
nl
y"
Transnet Vendor Management has received a request to load your company on to the Transnet
vendor database. Please furnish us with the following to enable us to process this request:
1.
Complete the “Supplier Declaration Form” (SDF) on page 2 of this letter
2.
Original cancelled cheque OR letter from the bank verifying banking details (with bank
stamp)
3.
Certified copy of Identity document of Shareholders/Directors/Members (where applicable)
4.
Certified copy of certificate of incorporation, CM29 / CM9 (name change)
5.
Certified copy of share Certificates of Shareholders, CK1 / CK2 (if CC)
6.
A letter with the company’s letterhead confirming physical and postal addresses
7.
Original or certified copy of SARS Tax Clearance certificate and Vat registration certificate
8.
A signed letter from the Auditor / Accountant confirming most recent annual turnover and
percentage black ownership in the company AND/OR BBBEE certificate and detailed
scorecard from an accredited rating agency (SANAS member).
NB:
▪ Failure to submit the above documentation will delay the vendor creation process.
▪ Where applicable, the respective Transnet business unit processing your application
may request further information from you. E.g. proof of an existence of a
Service/Business contract between your business and the respective Transnet
business unit etc.
C
op
y
IMPORTANT NOTES:
a)
If your annual turnover is less than R5 million, then in terms of the DTI codes, you are
classified as an Exempted Micro Enterprise (EME). If your company is classified as an EME,
please include in your submission, a signed letter from your Auditor / Accountant confirming
your company’s most recent annual turnover is less than R5 million and percentage of black
ownership and black female ownership in the company AND/OR BBBEE certificate and
detailed scorecard from an accredited rating agency (e.g. permanent SANAS Member),
should you feel you will be able to attain a better BBBEE score.
If your annual turnover is between R5 million and R35million, then in terms of the DTI
codes, you are classified as a Qualifying Small Enterprise (QSE) and you claim a specific
BBBEE level based on any 4 of the 7 elements of the BBBEE score-card, please include your
BEE certificate in your submission as confirmation of your status.
NB: BBBEE certificate and detailed scorecard should be obtained from an accredited rating
agency e.g. permanent SANAS Member).
c)
If your annual turnover is in excess of R35million, then in terms of the DTI codes, you are
classified as a Large Enterprise and you claim a specific BEE level based on all seven
elements of the BBBEE generic score-card. Please include your BEE certificate in your
submission as confirmation of your status.
NB: BBBEE certificate and detailed scorecard should be obtained from an accredited rating
agency (permanent SANAS Member).
re
vi
ew
b)
To avoid PAYE tax being automatically deducted from any invoices received from you,
you must also contact the Transnet person who lodged this request on your behalf, so as to
be correctly classified in terms of Tax legislation.
"P
d)
e)
Unfortunately, No payments can be made to a vendor until the vendor has been registered,
and no vendor can be registered until the vendor application form, together with its supporting
documentation, has been received and processed.
f)
Please return the completed Supplier Declaration Form (SDF) together with the
required supporting documents mentioned above to the Transnet Official who is
intending to procure your company’s services/products in order that he/she should
complete and Internal Transnet Departmental Questionnaire before referring the matter
to the appropriate Transnet Vendor Master Office.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 15 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Regards,
Transnet Vendor/Supplier Management [please substitute this with your relevant Transnet department
before sending this document out]
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
Supplier Declaration Form
Company Trading Name
Company Registered Name
Company Registration Number Or ID Number If A Sole
Proprietor
Form of entity
CC
Trust
Pty Ltd
Limited
Partnership Sole Proprietor
VAT number (if registered)
Company Telephone
Number
Company Fax Number
Company E-Mail Address
Company Website Address
Bank Account
Bank Name
Number
Postal
Address
Code
Physical
Address
Code
Contact Person
Designation
Telephone
Email
Annual Turnover Range (Last Financial
> R35
< R5 Million
R5-35 million
Year)
million
Does Your Company Provide
Products
Services
Both
Area Of Delivery
National
Provincial
Local
Is Your Company A Public Or Private Entity
Public
Private
Does Your Company Have A Tax Directive Or IRP30
Yes
No
Certificate
Main
Product
Or
Service
Supplied
(E.G.:
Stationery/Consulting)
BEE Ownership Details
% Black
% Black women
% Disabled person/s
Ownership
ownership
ownership
Does your company have a BEE certificate
Yes
No
What is your broad based BEE status (Level 1 to 9 / Unknown)
How many personnel does the firm employ
Permanent
Part time
Transnet Contact Person
Contact number
Transnet operating division
Duly Authorised To Sign For And On Behalf Of Firm / Organisation
Name
Designation
Signature
Date
Stamp And Signature Of Commissioner Of Oath
Name
Date
Signature
Telephone
No.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 16 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
NB: Please return the completed Supplier Declaration Form (SDF) together with the required
supporting documents mentioned above to the Transnet Official who is intending to procure
your company’s services/products.
2. VENDOR TYPE OF BUSINESS
(Please tick as applicable)
2.1
(* - Minimum requirements)
Indicate the business sector in which your company is involved/operating:
Mining and Quarrying
Manufacturing
Construction
Electricity, Gas and Water
Finance and Business Services
Retail, Motor Trade and
Repair Services
Catering, accommodation
and Other Trade
Community, Social and
Personal Services
Wholesale Trade, Commercial Agents and Allied
Services
nl
y"
Agriculture
Other (Specify)
Principal Business Activity *
y
Types of Services Provided
O
Transport, Storage and Communications
>R20k
<R0.3m
>R1m
<R5m
>R6m
<R10m
>R11m
<R15m
>R16m
<R25m
2.3
Where are your operating/distribution centres situated *
>R26m
<R30m
>R31m
<R34m
>R35m
C
<R20k
ew
>R0.3
m
<R1m
op
Since when has the firm
been in business?
2.2
What is your company’s annual turnover (excluding VAT)? *
vi
3. VENDOR OWNERSHIP DETAIL
re
(Please tick as applicable) (* - Minimum requirements)
3.1
Did the firm previously operate under another name? *
"P
YES
NO
3.2
If Yes state its previous name:*
Registered Name
Trading Name
3.3
Who were its previous owners / partners / directors?*
SURNAME & INITIALS
3.4
ID NUMBERS
List Details of current partners, proprietors and shareholders by name, identity
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 17 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
number, citizenship, status and ownership as relevant: *
SURNAME
& INITIALS
CITIZENSHIP
DIS ABLED
HDI
GENDER
DATE OF
OWNERSHIP
%
OWNE
D
%
VOTIN
G
List details of current directors, officers, chairman, secretary etc.
of the firm: *
IDENTITY
NUMBER
TITLE
DIS ABLED
GENDER
% OF TIME
DEVOTED TO THE
FIRM
CONTACT
NUMBER
O
nl
SURNAME
& INITIALS
y"
3.5
IDENTITY
NUMBER
List details of firms personnel who have an ownership interest in
another firm: *
IDENTITY
NUMBER
NAME &
ADDRESS OF
OTHER FIRM
TITLE IN
OTHER FIRM
% OWNED
TYPE OF
BUSINESS OF
OTHER FIRM
OTHER
TOTAL
4. VENDOR DETAIL
(Please tick as applicable)
How many personnel does the firm employ? *
BLACK
WHITE
COLOURED
INDIAN
Permanent
Part Time
In terms of above kindly provide numbers on women and disabled personnel? *
BLACK
WHITE
COLOURED
INDIAN
OTHER
TOTAL
vi
4.1.1
(* - Minimum requirements)
ew
4.1
C
op
SURNAME
& INITIALS
y
3.6
re
Women
Disabled
Provide Details of Contact Person/s Responsible for Broad Based Black Economic
Empowerment (BBBEE) in the Company *
4.2
"P
SURNAME
4.2.1
YES
4.2.2
YES
4.2.3
INITIALS
DESIGNATION
TELEPHONE NO.
Is your company a value adding supplier (i.e. registered as a vendor under the VAT
Act of 1991, where NPAT + total labour cost > 25% of total revenue)?
NO
Is your company a recipient of Enterprise Development Contributions?*
NO
May the above mentioned information be shared and included in Transnet Supplier Database for
future reference? *
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 18 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
YES
4.2.4
YES
4.2.5
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
NO
If you are successful in the tender/contract (where applicable) and this is awarded to
your company /
organisation, will this have a positive impact on your
employment plans? *
NO
If yes (above) kindly provide the following information:
BLACK
WHITE
COLOURED
INDIAN
OTHER
TOTAL
Permanent
Part Time
nl
IDENTITY
NUMBER
NAME &
ADDRESS OF
OTHER FIRM
TITLE IN
OTHER FIRM
% OWNED
TYPE OF
BUSINESS OF
OTHER FIRM
op
SURNAME
& INITIALS
Are any of your members/shareholders/directors ex employees of Transnet?
NO
Are any of your family members employees of Transnet?
NO
If Yes to points 4.2.7 & 4.2.8, list details of employees/ex-employees
O
Women
Disabled
4.2.7
YES
4.2.8
YES
4.2.9
y"
In terms of above kindly provide numbers on woman and disabled personnel:
BLACK
WHITE
COLOURED
INDIAN
OTHER
TOTAL
y
4.2.6
C
Internal Transnet Departmental Questionnaire (for office use only)
Section 1: To be completed by the Transnet Requesting / Sourcing Department
What is being procured from the supplier?
Products only
Yes
Services only
Yes
Labour only
Yes
Mix of services and products
Yes
Mix of services and labour
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
"P
re
a)
i.
ii.
iii.
iv.
v.
vi
ew
TFR
TRE
TPT
TPL
TNPA
TRN
Unbloc
Once-Off / Emergency
Create
Amend
Block
k
Request
Exten
Undele
Delete
d
te
Supplier’s trading name
Supplier’s registered name
Please indicate if the Supplier has a contract with sourcing Transnet OD
Yes
If yes please submit a copy of the letter of award
b) If your answer is YES to questions II, III, IV or V in paragraph a) above, please indicate whether
the relevant PAYE questionnaires have been forwarded to the appropriate Transnet
Operational Divisions’ decision making bodies / Strategic Supply Management team for a
directive /decision on tax withholding from payments to this supplier.
Yes
No
c) If your reply to (b) is “NO”, please furnish reasons :
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 19 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
d) Certification and Approval of proposed Vendor Creation/Unblocking/Other Changes by Transnet
Official with Appropriate Delegated Authority :
I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT THE TRANSNET DETAILED PROCUREMENT PROCESS (DPP) /
PROCUREMENT MECHANISM HAS IN ALL RESPECTS BEEN ADHERED TO AND I
THEREFORE APPROVE THE PROPOSED VENDOR CREATION/APPROVAL/OTHER CHANGES
TO BE EFFECTED ON THE VENDOR MASTER
Date
Signature
Y Y Y Y M M D D
Fax
Tel No:
No:
Section 2: To be completed by the BEE Department (this section is for Confirmation/Determining of
BEE
Status) BASED (NB)
NARROW
BROADBASED (BBBEE)
CONTB.
LEVEL
QSE:
>R5m
<R35m
EME:
<R5m
Grade
VALIDITY DATE
Date
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
M
M
M
M
D
D
Signature
D
D
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
Y
Y
y
Name
LARGE:
>R35m
O
BEE O/S BWBE DPBE MR
nl
y"
Grade
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 20 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
TRANSNET LIMITED / CONTRACTORS / SUB-CONTRACTORS
CONTRACTUAL SAFETY CLAUSES WHICH WILL FORM PART OF ANY RESULTING
CONTRACT
The parties agree on the following arrangements according to section 37 (2) of the
Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act 85 of 1993) to ensure compliance by the
mandatory with provisions of the Act.
That the Contractor is an “employer” in his own right as defined in section 1 of Act 85
of 1993 and that he must fulfil all his obligations as an employer in terms of the Act.
2)
The Contractor shall comply with the requirements of Act 85 of 1993 in its entirety.
3)
Where special permits are required, such as electrical switching, hot work permits, etc.
the Contractor shall obtain them from a person designated by Transnet Limited for this
purpose, and all requirements of the Contractor must rigidly comply with the permit.
4)
The Contractor shall conduct a risk assessment of the work to be performed by a
competent person prior to the commencement of work, to identify risks and hazards
that persons may be exposed to, analyse and evaluate identified hazards.
5)
The Contractor shall have a documented Health and Safety Plan based on the risks
and hazards identified before commencement of work.
6)
The Health and Safety Plan shall include the following:
6.3
6.4
The Contractor shall ensure that all work is performed under the close supervision of a
person trained to understand the hazards associated with the work performed and who
has authority to ensure that the necessary precautionary measures are implemented.
re
7)
vi
6.5
C
6.2
The safety management structure to be instituted with all appointments in terms
of the Act and Regulations
The safe working methods and procedures to be implemented to ensure work are
performed in compliance to the Act.
The safety equipment, devices and clothing to be made available by the
Contractor to his employees.
The site access control measures pertaining to health and safety to be
implemented.
Control measures for ensuring that the Health and Safety Plan is maintained and
monitored for the duration of the contract.
ew
6.1
op
y
O
nl
y"
1)
The Contractor must appoint a Health and Safety Co-ordinator to liaise with Transnet
Limited on matters pertaining to occupational health and safety.
"P
8)
9)
The appointed Safety Co-ordinator must liaise at least once a week with the* Health
and Safety Section / Risk Manager /Occupational Risk Manager of Transnet Limited.
10)
The Contractor shall furnish the* Health and Safety Section/ Risk Manager/
Occupational Risk Manager of Transnet Limited immediately with full particulars of any
sub-Contractor which he may involve in the contract in order that the sub-Contractor
himself can be made aware of all the clauses in this contract pertaining to health and
safety.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 21 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
The Contractor shall stop any sub-contractor from executing work which is not in
accordance with the Health and Safety Plan or which poses a threat to health and
safety of persons.
12)
The Contractor shall ensure that all his employees and visitors undergoes health and
safety induction pertaining to the hazards prevalent, proof of such training must be kept
on file.
13)
In the event where the risk assessment reveals the risk relating to working from an
elevated position the Contractor shall cause the designation of a competent person,
responsible for the preparation of a Fall Protection Plan.
14)
The Fall Protection Plan shall include:
y"
11)
y
O
nl
14.1 A risk assessment of all work carried out from an elevated position
14.2 Procedures and methods to address all the identified risks per location
14.3 Evaluation of employee’s physical and psychological fitness necessary to work at
elevated position.
14.4 The training of employees working from an elevated position.
14.5 Procedure addressing the inspection, testing and maintenance of all fall
protection equipment.
The Contractor shall advise the * Health and Safety Section / Risk Manager/
Occupational Risk Manager of Transnet Limited of any hazardous situations which
may arise from work being performed either by the Contractor or his sub-Contractor.
16)
Copies of all appointments required by the act must be given to * Health and Safety
Section / Risk Manager / Occupational Risk Manager of Transnet Limited.
17)
The Contractor shall ensure that a Health and Safety File is available which shall
include all documentation as required by the Act, copy of his and his Sub-Contractors
Risk Assessment and Health and Safety Plan.
18)
All incidents referred to in Section 24 of the Act involving the Contractor and his SubContractor on Transnet Ltd premises, shall be reported as prescribed. Transnet Ltd
hereby obtains an interest in the issue of any investigation, formal inquiry conducted in
terms of Section 31 and 32 of the Act into any incident involving the Contractor, his
Sub-Contractor, any person or machinery under his control on Transnet Ltd premises.
19)
No alcohol or any other intoxicating substance shall be allowed on Transnet Ltd
premises. The Contractor shall not allow anyone under or suspected to be under the
influence of alcohol or any other intoxicating substance on Transnet Ltd premises.
re
vi
ew
C
op
15)
Contractor to ensure its employees undergo medical surveillance as required by
legislation
"P
20)
21)
Contractor will be required to provide monthly safety performance reports and statistics
22)
A letter of good standing in terms of Section 80 (Employer to register with the
Compensation Commissioner) of the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and
Disease Act 1993 (Act 130 of 1993) must also be furnished.
23)
All clauses in the contract pertaining health and safety form an integral part of the
contract and if not complied with may be construed as breach of contract.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 22 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
*As applicable
Tenderer OH & S Management System Questionnaire
y"
This questionnaire forms part of TFR tender evaluation process and is to be completed by all
Tenderer’s and submitted with their tender offer. The objective of the questionnaire is to
provide an overview of the status of the Tenderer’s OH&S management system. Tenderers
will be required to verify their responses noted in their questionnaire by providing evidence of
their ability and capacity in relevant matters. TFR will verify accuracy of this information
during the physical visit as part of the tender evaluation.
nl
The information provided in this questionnaire is an accurate summary of the company's occupational
health and safety management system.
Signed:
Name:
Position:
Date:
O
Company Name:
y
Tender Description:
op
Tender Number:
Tenderer OH&S Management System Questionnaire
Yes
No
1. OH&S Policy and Management
C
- Is there a written company health and safety policy?
- If yes provide a copy of the policy
ew
- Does the company have an OH&S Management system e.g NOSA,
OHSAS, IRCA System etc
- If yes provide details
- Is there a company OH&S Management System, procedures manual or
plan?
- If yes provide a copy of the content page(s)
re
vi
- Are health and safety responsibilities clearly identified for all levels of
Management and employees?
- If yes provide details
2. Safe Work Practices and Procedures
"P
- Are safe operating procedures or specific safety instructions relevant to
its operations available?
- If yes provide a summary listing of procedures or instructions
- Is there a register of injury document?
If yes provide a copy
- Are Risk Assessments conducted and appropriate techniques used?
- If yes provide details
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 23 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
3. OH&S Training
nl
- Is a record maintained of all training and induction programs undertaken
for employees in your company?
- If yes provide examples of safety training records
y"
Describe briefly how health and safety training is conducted in your
company:
O
4. Health and Safety Workplace Inspection
- Are regular health and safety inspections at worksites undertaken?
-If yes provide details
op
5. Health and Safety Consultation
y
- Is there a procedure by which employees can report hazards at
workplaces?
- If yes provide details
- Is there a workplace health and safety committee?
C
- Are employees involved in decision making over OH&S matters?
- If yes provide details
- Are there employee elected health and safety representatives?
- Comments
ew
6. OH&S Performance Monitoring
- Is there a system for recording and analysing health and safety
performance statistics including injuries and incidents?
- If yes provide details
re
vi
- Are employees regularly provided with information on company health
and safety performance?
- If yes provide details
Is company registered with workmen’s compensation and up to date?
- If yes provide proof of letter of good standing
"P
- Has the company ever been convicted of an occupational health and
safety offence?
- If yes provide details
Safety Performance Report
Monthly DIFR for previous months
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 24 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
Previous Year
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
No of Disabling
Injuries
Total Number of
employees
O
nl
y"
January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
DIFR per month
op
y
DIFR = Number of Disabling injuries x 200000 divided by number of man hours worked for the
period
"P
re
vi
ew
C
_______________________
Signed
(Tenderer)
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 25 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS TO SPECIFICATIONS
(To be filled in by the Tenderer)
BBB0041: PREPARATION OF DRAWINGS FOR TRANSNET FREIGHT RAIL
INFRASTRUCTURE.
1.1
CAD Software: _______________________________________________________
2.0
BBB0496: 3KV RECTIFIER
2.1
Make and Manufacturer: ______________________________________________
2.2
Number of diodes per branch:___________________________________________
2.3
Type of Diode:_______________________________________________________
2.4
Full load current rating of diode. IFRMS: _____________________________________
2.5
Average current rating of diode IFAVM: _____________________________________________
2.6
Repetitive Peak Reverse Voltage of diode:_________________________________
2.7
Surge forward current 10milli seconds Sine Wave:___________________________
2.8
Method of cooling of rectifier:____________________________________________
2.9
Method of temperature sensing: __________________________________________
2.10
Type of insulation used for frame to the floor: ________________________________
2.11
Physical dimensions of rectifier unit Height: ______ Breadth: _______ Width:______
2.12
Names of suppliers where rectifier diodes can be sourced: _____________________
C
op
y
O
nl
y"
1.0
ew
____________________________________________________________________
2.13
Method of correct torque adjustment for heat sinks:___________________________
___________________________________________________________________
3.0
BBB0845: HIGH VOLTAGE METAL OXIDE SURGE ARRESTORS
Type and make _______________________________________________________
re
3.1
Make and rating of fuses: ______________________________________________
vi
2.14
Manufacturer of equipment _______________________________________________
3.3
Protection voltage rating of lightning surge ________________________________ kV
"P
3.2
3.4
Impulse discharge current rating of lightning surge protectors _________________ kA
3.5
Make and type of protection against switching surges __________________________
4.0
BBB0937: CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (88kV)
4.1
DESIGN DETAIL
4.1.1
Manufacturers name: __________________________________________________
4.1.2
Highest voltage for equipment: ______________ kV
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 26 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
4.1.3
Nominal r.m.s voltage: ____________________ kV
4.1.4
Rated insulation level: ________________________ kV
4.1.5
Rated frequency: __________________________ Hz
4.2
DETAIL OF CURRENT TRANSFORMERS.
MEASURING CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
Transformation ratio: _________________
4.2.2
Rated secondary current: ________ Ampere
4.2.3
Rated secondary current: ____________ Ampere
4.2.4
Accuracy class: ________________
4.2.5
Rated Burden: _________________ VA
4.2.6
Rated short-time current: _________________kA for __________ seconds
PROTECTION CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
O
nl
y"
4.2.1
Transformation ratio: _________________
4.2.8
Rated primary current: ________ Ampere. Rated secondary current: ________ Ampere
4.2.9
Rated secondary current: ____________ Ampere
4.2.10
Accuracy class: ________________
4.2.11
Rated Burden: _________________ VA
4.2.12
Rated short-time current: _________________kA for __________ seconds
5.0
BBB1267: OUTDOOR HIGH VOLTAGE AC CIRCUIT BREAKERS
5.1
Make and manufacturer ___________________________________________
5.2
Rated Voltage
ew
C
op
y
4.2.7
_________________________________________ kV.
(Highest rated voltage for equipment)
Rated Insulation level _____________________________________________ kV.
vi
5.3
re
(Rated lightning withstand Voltage)
Number of poles:________________________________
5.5
Rated short circuit breaking current ___________________________________ kA.
"P
5.4
5.6
Rated normal current ___________________________________ A.
5.7
Breaker operating time:
5.7.1
Closing_________________________________________________________ ms.
5.7.2
Opening________________________________________________________ ms.
5.8
Number of operations after which breaker contact maintenance / measurement is
required:
5.8.1
Under full load conditions__________________________________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 27 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Under fault conditions _____________________________________________
5.9
First Pole to Clear Factor___________________________________________
5.10
DC control voltage: _______________________________________V
6.0
BBB2502: BATTERY AND BATTERY CHARGER
6.1
BATTERY
6.1.1
Manufacturer _______________________________________________
6.2
BATTERY CHARGER:
6.2.1
Manufacturer _______________________________________________
6.2.2
Supply voltage: _______________________________________________
6.2.3
Ampere hour rating: ___________________________________________
6.2.4
Construction:
O
nl
y"
5.8.2
Floor mounted: _____________YES / NO
Wall mounted: _____________YES / NO
BBB2721: SUBSTATION PANELS
7.1
Manufacturer: _____________________________________________
7.2
Single AC primary circuit breaker control panel. _____________________YES/NO
7.3
Single AC/DC distribution panel. _________________________________YES/NO
7.4
Combination of 1.1 and 1.2 into one panel. _________________________YES/NO
7.5
DC earth leakage relay:
C
op
y
7.0
Fitted inside panel / external to panel. ____________________________
Nameplate of substation to be fitted on the panel. ___________________
8.0
BBB3005: 3kV DC UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY
8.1
Type (BBB3005 clause 2.0)____________________________________
8.2
Encapsulated Voltage Devider: _________________________________YES / NO
vi
ew
7.6
re
If Yes – Type of Resistors: _____________________________________
WAVE FILTER
9.1
BBB3139: Capacitors
"P
9.0
9.1.1
Capacitance Value (CN): _______________________________________________
9.1.2
Capacitance Tolerance: _______________________________________________
9.1.3
Detailed Description of Capacitor: _______________________________________
9.1.4
Overall Mass of the Capacitor: __________________________________________
9.1.5
Overall Dimensions of the Capacitor: _____________________________________
9.1.6
Dielectric Insulating Medium: ___________________________________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 28 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Container Material: ___________________________________________________
9.1.8
Rated Current in RMS (IN): _____________________________________________
9.1.9
Rated Voltage in RMS (UN): ____________________________________________
9.1.10
Rated Output (QN): ___________________________________________________
9.1.11
Temperature Category: _______________________________________________
9.1.12
Maximum Permissible AC Current: ______________________________________
9.1.13
Maximum Permissible AC Voltage: ______________________________________
9.1.14
Maximum Permissible Temperature: _____________________________________
9.1.15
Capacitor Losses: ____________________________________________________
9.1.16
Active Power: _______________________________________________________
9.1.17
Steady State Condition: _______________________________________________
9.1.18
Residual Voltage: ____________________________________________________
9.1.19
BIL (Bushing): _______________________________________________________
9.1.20
Life Expectancy: _____________________________________________________
9.2
BBB3162: Inductors
9.2.1
Inductor Tolerance (mH) at operational frequencies: _________________________
9.2.2
Max Nominal Inductance at operational frequencies: _________________________
9.2.3
Number of Turns (N): _________________________________________________
9.2.4
Rated Peak Current in Amperes (I): ______________________________________
9.2.5
Rated DC Current in Amperes (IN): _______________________________________
9.2.6
Overall Mass of the Inductor (kg):________________________ ________________
9.2.7
Overall Dimensions of the Inductor (mm): __________________________________
nl
O
y
op
C
ew
Max Ambient Temperature in °C (Ta):_____________________________________
Max Surface Temperature in °C (Ts): _____________________________________
re
9.2.9
vi
9.2.8
y"
9.1.7
Maximum Permissible Operational Temperature in °C: _______________________
9.2.11
Maximum Permissible AC Current in Amperes: ______________________________
"P
9.2.10
9.2.12
Maximum Permissible AC Voltage in Volts: _________________________________
9.2.13
Maximum Energy Stored in Inductor at rated peak current (I): __________________
10.0
BBB3890: 3kV REACTOR
10.1
Manufacturers name:_________________________________________________
10.2
Inductance ________________________________________________________
10.3
Continuous Current rating______________________________________________
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 29 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
BBB4724: POSITIVE ISOLATOR
11.1
Manufacturers name:_________________________________________________
11.2
Continuous Current rating for:
11.2.1
Positive Isolator switch: _______________________________________________
11.2.2
Positive Isolator Earthing switch: ________________________________________
11.3
Mechanical Interlocking System Type (BBB4724 clause 6.37__________________
12.0
BBB5019: MAIN TRACTION TRANSFORMER
12.1
Manufacturers name_____________________________________________
12.2
TRANSFORMER DETAIL
12.2.1
Primary voltage rating: ___________________________________________kV
12.2.2
Secondary voltage rating: _________________________________________kV
12.2.3
Rated power: __________________________________________________MVA
12.2.4
Impedance %: __________________________________________________
12.2.5
Off circuit tap switch:
y
O
nl
y"
11.0
op
No of positions: ____________________ %Steps: _____________________
Vector group: ___________________________________________________
12.3
TANK AND TANK COVER
12.3.1
Free-breathing:_________________________________________________ Yes/No
12.3.2
Tank cover bolted to tank: ________________________________________ Yes/No
12.3.3
Radiators galvanised: ____________________________________________ Yes/No
12.3.4
Method of Cooling: ______________________________________________
12.3.5
Overall dimensions: Length________mm. Breadth______mm. Height________mm.
12.3.6
Winding material:
ew
vi
HV_________________
LV_________________
Mass of core and windings: _____________________________________kg
re
12.3.7
C
12.2.6
Oil capacity:__________________________________________________ (Litres)
12.3.9
Mass of transformer complete with oil: ______________________________kg
"P
12.3.8
12.3.10
Adjustable axial coils provided: ___________________________________ Yes/No
12.3.11
Type of breather and dehydrating agent ____________________________
The following information refers to the transformer when connected on the principal
tapping and appropriate reference temperature for the class of insulation used.
12.3.12
Iron loss (Watts) :______________________________________________
12.3.13
Copper loss at full load: _____________________at__________________°C
12.3.14
Total load losses (Watts):____________________at __________________°C
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 30 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
12.3.15
Impedance at full load (%Z): _____________________________________
12.3.16
Reactance (% X): _____________________________________________
12.3.17
Regulation at full load at: 1.0 PF ________Percent, 0.8 PF _________ Percent at
_________°C
12.3.18
Efficiency at full load at: 1.0 PF ________Percent, 0.8 PF _________Percent at
________ °C
12.3.19
Temperature rise at rated voltage and power of:
y"
Windings:______________°C
Top oil : _______________°C
BBB8204: AUXILLARY TRANSFORMER
13.1
Manufacturers name:___________________________________________
13.2
TRANSFORMER DETAIL
13.2.1
Type of transformer: Outdoor_______________ Indoor: ______________
13.2.2
Number of phases: Single phase ____________ Three phase: _____________
13.2.3
Rated power: _________________________________________________kVA
13.2.4
Impedance %: _______________________________________________
13.2.5
Primary voltage rating: _________________________________________kV
13.2.6
Secondary voltage rating: _______________________________________kV
13.2.7
Tapping switch.
C
op
y
O
nl
13.0
ew
No of positions: _________________ %Steps: ______________________
Vector group: ________________________________________________
13.2.9
Free Breathing: ______________________________________________Yes/No
13.2.10
Sealed _____________________________________________________Yes/No
vi
13.2.8
Welded cover: ________________________________________________Yes/No
13.2.12
Method of Cooling:____________________________________________
re
13.2.11
Overall dimensions: Length______mm. Breadth______mm. Height_______mm
13.2.14
Winding material:
"P
13.2.13
HV_________________
LV_______________
13.2.15
Mass of core and windings : ____________________________________kg
13.2.16
Oil capacity:_________________________________________________(Litres)
13.2.17
Mass of transformer complete with oil:_____________________________kg
13.2.18
HV end turns insulation reinforced
13.2.19
Type of breather and dehydrating agent: ____________________________
Yes/No
The following information refers to the transformer when connected on the principal
tapping and appropriate reference temperature for the class of insulation used.
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 31 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Iron loss (Watts) :______________________________________________
13.2.21
Copper loss at full load:_______________________at_________________°C
13.2.22
Total load losses (Watts):_____________________ at ________________ °C
13.2.23
Impedance at full load (percentage)_____________Z _________________ X
13.2.24
Regulation at full load at: 1.0 PF ______Percent, 0.8 PF ______ Percent at______°C
13.2.25
Efficiency at full load at: 1.0 PF ______Percent, 0.8 PF ______Percent at ______ °C
13.2.26
Temperature rise at rated voltage and power of:
y"
13.2.20
Top oil: _________________°C
14.0
nl
Windings: _______________°C
BBB7842: HIGH VOLTAGE AC DISCONNECTOR AND EARTHING SWITCH
EARTHINGWITCH
O
DISCONNECTOR
Name of manufacturer.
………………………
………………………..
14.2
Type number
………………………
………………………..
14.3
Number of poles.
………………………
14.4
Indoor/Outdoor.
14.5
Rated voltage.
14.6
Rated insulation level.
14.6.1
Rated 1 minute power frequency withstand voltage. ……………
14.6.2
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage. …………………. ………………………..
14.7
Rated frequency.
………………………
..……………………….
14.8
Rated normal current.
……………………..
.……………………….
14.9
Rated short circuit making current
op
………………………..
………………………
………………………..
………………………
………………………..
ew
C
………………………
………..……
…………………………
Rated short time withstand current ………………………
………………………….
Mass of complete unit.
………………………
……………………..…..
re
14.11
………………………..
……………………..
vi
14.10
y
14.1
Minimum clearance in air:
14.12.1
Between poles.
………………………
……………………….. .
14.12.2
To earth.
……………………….
………………………..
14.12.3
For isolating distance.
…………...................
………………………..
14.13
Type of closing mechanism.
……………………….
………………………..
14.14
Height above ground of lowest HV connection.……………… ………………………..
"P
14.12
DISCONNECTOR
14.15
EARTHING WITCH
Length of insulator (taut string measurement) …….............. ………………………...
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 32 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Type test certificate
…………………….
…………………………
14.16.1
Testing authority
…………………….
…………………………
14.16.2
Test number
…………………….
………………………….
14.17
Insulators:
14.17.1
Type test certificate number
…………………….
………………………….
14.17.2
Testing authority
…………………….
…………………………..
15.0
CEE.0099.2010: 3kV DC HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
15.1
Make and manufacturer:
15.2
Experience with tendered design of breaker: (CEE.0099.2002 Clause 9.1.3)
y"
14.16
WHERE INSTALLED
NUMBER SUPPLIED
nl
_______________________________________
DATE SUPPLIED
O
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
y
___________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Continuous current rating of breaker :
___________________________________
15.4
Rated voltage of breaker :
15.5
Mechanically latched
15.6
Magnetically latched
15.7
Main contact material
15.8
Arcing contacts fitted
15.9
Contact material of main contact (or arcing contact, if fitted)
op
15.3
_________________________________________
_____________________________________
C
Yes/No.
Yes/No. _____________________________________
___________________________________________
ew
Yes/No.
____________________________________
___________________________________________________________________
Make and manufacturer:
_______________________________________
re
16.1
AUTOMATIC CHANGE-OVER
vi
16.0
16.2
Physical dimensions and operating mass of unit:
"P
Length___________________________mm. Height______________________mm.
Depth____________________________mm. Mass_______________________mm
16.3
Material of cabinet______________________
16.4
Manufacturer and type of miniature circuit breakers __________________________
16.5
Maximum continuous current rating of circuit breakers ________________________
16.6
Manufacturer and type of contactors ______________________________________
16.7
Maximum continuous current rating of contactors ________________________ Amps
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 33 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
Refurbishment of 3kV substations
Manufacturer and type of change-over timers ________________________________
16.9
Timing range of timers _____________________________________________ Seconds
17.0
STEEL ROLL-UP DOORS
17.1
Make and manufacturer _______________________________________________
DATE: ........................………..
"P
re
vi
ew
C
op
y
O
nl
TENDERER'S SIGNATURE ....................................................
y"
16.8
Tender
Part T2: Returnable Documents
Page 34 of 34
T2.2
Returnable Schedules
Transnet Freight Rail
A Division of Transnet Limited
RFP No. S.I.E 10032CIDB
CONTENTS
Document Title: The refurbishment of South Portal, Quail,
reference Nottingham Road, Danskraal, Elandslaagte,
Wasbank and Glencoe 3kV DC traction
substations.
No of
pages
Part T1 Tendering procedures
5
nl
T1.1 Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender
y"
THE TENDER
6
Part T2 Returnable documents
T2.1 List of Returnable Documents
op
THE CONTRACT
3
14
y
T2.2 Returnable Schedules
O
T1.2 Tender Data
Part C1 Agreement and Contract Data
C
C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance and schedule of
deviations
C1.2 Contract Data
C1.3 Form of Guarantee
ew
C1.4 Adjudicator’s Appointment
3
15
5
11
Part C2 Pricing data
3
C2.2 Activity Schedules
15
vi
C2.1 Pricing Instructions
re
Part C3 Scope of Work
C3 Scope of Work
46
"P
Part C4 Site information
Tender
Contents
C4 Site Information
3
Page 1 of 1
"P
re
v
ie
w
C
op
nl
y
y
O
Suppliers Code of Conduct
Suppliers Code of Conduct
>> Transnet Procurement Policy - A guide for tenderers;
C
op
y
>> Section 217 of the Constitution - the five pillars
of Public PSCM (Procurement and Supply Chain
Management): fair, equitable, transparent, competitive
and cost effective;
O
These are:
nl
y
Transnet aims to achieve the best value for money when
buying or selling goods and obtaining services. This, however,
must be done in an open and fair manner that supports and
drives a competitive economy. Underpinning our process
are several acts and policies that any supplier dealing with
Transnet must understand and support.
>> The Public Finance Management Act (PFMA);
>> The Broad Based Black Economic Empowerment Act
(BBBEE); and
>> The Anti-Corruption Act.
w
This code of conduct has been compiled to formally apprise
Transnet Suppliers of Transnet’s expectations regarding
behaviour and conduct of its Suppliers.
ie
Prohibition of Bribes, Kickbacks, Unlawful
Payments, and Other Corrupt Practices
"P
re
v
Transnet is in the process of transforming itself into a selfsustaining State Owned Enterprise, actively competing in
the logistics industry. Our aim is to become a world class,
profitable, logistics organisation.As such, our transformation
is focused on adopting a performance culture and to adopt
behaviours that will enable this transformation.
Transnet will not participate in corrupt practices. Therefore,
it expects its suppliers to act in a similar manner.
>> Transnet and its employees will follow the laws of this
country and keep accurate business records that reflect
actual transactions with, and payments to, our suppliers.
nl
y
>> Employees must not accept or request money
or anything of value, directly or indirectly,
from suppliers.
C
op
– Win or retain business or to influence any act
or decision of any person involved in sourcing
decisions; gain an improper advantage.
y
– Illegally influence their judgement or conduct
or to influence the outcome of a sourcing
activity;
O
Employees may not recieve anything that is
calculated to:
>> There may be times when a supplier is
confronted with fraudulent or corrupt
behaviour of Transnet employees. We expect
our suppliers to use our “Tip-offs Anonymous”
Hotline to report these acts - 0800 003 056.
w
Transnet is firmly committed to free and
competitive enterprise.
ie
>> Suppliers are expected to comply with all
applicable laws and regulations regarding
fair competition and antitrust practices
re
v
>> Transnet does not engage non-value adding
agents or representatives solely for the
purpose of increasing BBBEE spend (fronting).
"P
Transnet’s relationship with suppliers requires
us to clearly define requirements, to exchange
information and share mutual benefits.
>> Generally, suppliers have their own business
standards and regulations. Although Transnet
cannot control the actions of our suppliers,
we will not tolerate any illegal activities.
These include, but are not limited to:
– Misrepresentation of their product (origin
of manufacture, specifications, intellectual
property rights, etc);
nl
y
– Collusion;
C
op
>> Suppliers must be evaluated and approved before
any materials, components, products or services
are purchased from them. Rigorous due diligence
must be conducted and the supplier is expected
to participate in an honest and straight forward
manner.
y
– Corrupt activities listed above; and harassment,
intimidation or other aggressive actions towards
Transnet employees.
O
– Failure to disclose accurate information
required during the sourcing activity (ownership
financial situation, BBBEE status, etc.);
>> Suppliers must record and report facts accurately,
honestly and objectively. Financial records must
be accurate in all material respects.
w
Conflict of Interest
ie
A conflict of interest arises when personal interests
or activities influence (or appear to influence) the
ability to act in the best interests of Transnet.
Examples are:
re
v
>> Doing business with family members.
>> Having a financial interest in another company in
our industry.
Show that you support good business practice by logging onto
www.transnet-suppliers.net and completing the form.
"P
This will allow us to confirm that you have received, and agree to, the terms and conditions set out in our Suppliers Code of Conduct.
TIP-OFFS ANONYMOUS HOTLINE
0800 003 056